#
414e736c |
|
21-Apr-2024 |
Aditya Kumar Singh <quic_adisi@quicinc.com> |
wifi: mac80211: handle color change per link In order to support color change with MLO, handle the link ID now passed from cfg80211, adjust the code to do everything per link and call the notifications to cfg80211 correctly. Signed-off-by: Aditya Kumar Singh <quic_adisi@quicinc.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240422053412.2024075-4-quic_adisi@quicinc.com Link: https://msgid.link/20240422053412.2024075-5-quic_adisi@quicinc.com Link: https://msgid.link/20240422053412.2024075-6-quic_adisi@quicinc.com Link: https://msgid.link/20240422053412.2024075-7-quic_adisi@quicinc.com [squash, move API call updates to this patch] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6e02ba7c |
|
20-Mar-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: improve drop for action frame return If we use a drop we not only save the extra call to dev_kfree_skb(), but also have a better reason in tracing, so do that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240320091155.34daf0a89eb4.I60e0639511f9de64e40e6105b640adf90f8f57f7@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8c75cdcd |
|
15-Apr-2024 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: split mesh fast tx cache into local/proxied/forwarded Depending on the origin of the packets (and their SA), 802.11 + mesh headers could be filled in differently. In order to properly deal with that, add a new field to the lookup key, indicating the type (local, proxied or forwarded). This can fix spurious packet drop issues that depend on the order in which nodes/hosts communicate with each other. Fixes: d5edb9ae8d56 ("wifi: mac80211: mesh fast xmit support") Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://msgid.link/20240415121811.13391-1-nbd@nbd.name [use sizeof_field() for key_len] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7c1c73bf |
|
26-Mar-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: check EHT/TTLM action frame length Check the EHT action frame length before accessing the action code, if it's not present then the frame cannot be valid. Reported-by: syzbot+75af45a00cf13243ba39@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Closes: https://lore.kernel.org/r/0000000000006c06870614886611@google.com/ Fixes: 8f500fbc6c65 ("wifi: mac80211: process and save negotiated TID to Link mapping request") Link: https://msgid.link/20240326213858.19c84f34349f.I71b439f016b28f65284bb7646fe36343b74cbc9a@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6f656131 |
|
07-Feb-2024 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> |
wifi: mac80211: remove gfp parameter from ieee80211_obss_color_collision_notify Get rid of gfp parameter from ieee80211_obss_color_collision_notify since it is no longer used. Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Reviewed-by: Jeff Johnson <quic_jjohnson@quicinc.com> Acked-by: Jeff Johnson <quic_jjohnson@quicinc.com> Link: https://msgid.link/f91e1c78896408ac556586ba8c99e4e389aeba02.1707389901.git.lorenzo@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
67625910 |
|
29-Jan-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: implement MLO multicast deduplication If the vif is an MLD then it may receive multicast from different links, and should drop those frames according to the SN. Implement that. Link: https://msgid.link/20240129200456.693b77d14b44.I491846f2bea0058c14eab6422962c10bfae9b675@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b1344b13 |
|
29-Jan-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add/use ieee80211_get_sn() This will also be useful for MLO duplicate multicast detection, but add it already here and use it in one place that trivially converts. Link: https://msgid.link/20240129200456.f0ff49c80006.I850d2785ab1640e56e262d3ad7343b87f6962552@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
efa2cce6 |
|
31-Jan-2024 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: remove extra shadowing variable Not sure how this happened or how nothing complained, but this variable already exists in the outer function scope with the same value (and the SKB isn't changed either.) Remove the extra one. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f7660b3f |
|
02-Jan-2024 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add support for negotiated TTLM request Update neg_ttlm and active_links according to the new mapping, and send a negotiated TID-to-link map request with the new mapping. Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240102213313.eeb385d771df.I2a5441c14421de884dbd93d1624ce7bb2c944833@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8f500fbc |
|
02-Jan-2024 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: process and save negotiated TID to Link mapping request An MLD may send TID-to-Link mapping request frame to negotiate TID to link mapping with a peer MLD. Support handling negotiated TID-to-Link mapping request frame by parsing the frame, asking the driver whether it supports the received mapping or not, and sending a TID-to-Link mapping response to the AP MLD. Theoretically, links that became inactive due to the received TID-to-Link mapping request, can be selected to be activated but this would require tearing down the negotiated TID-to-Link mapping, which is still not supported. Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20240102213313.0bc1a24fcc9d.Ie72e47dc6f8c77d4a2f0947b775ef6367fe0edac@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0738e55c |
|
20-Dec-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add kunit tests for public action handling Check the logic in ieee80211_drop_unencrypted_mgmt() according to a list of test cases derived from the spec. Reviewed-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20231220151952.415232-4-benjamin@sipsolutions.net Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e62c0fcc |
|
20-Dec-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: allow 64-bit radiotap timestamps When reporting the radiotap timestamp, the mactime field is usually unused, we take the data from the device_timestamp. However, there can be cases where the radiotap timestamp is better reported as a 64-bit value, so since the mactime is free, add a flag to support using the mactime as a 64-bit radiotap timestamp. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Miri Korenblit <miriam.rachel.korenblit@intel.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20231220133549.00c8b9234f0c.Ie3ce5eae33cce88fa01178e7aea94661ded1ac24@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cd336152 |
|
12-Dec-2023 |
Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> |
wifi: mac80211: rx.c: fix sentence grammar Correct a run-on sentence by changing "," to ";". Add a subject in one sentence. Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@kernel.org> Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: Paolo Abeni <pabeni@redhat.com> Link: https://msgid.link/20231213054800.22561-1-rdunlap@infradead.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f3bd5932 |
|
01-Oct-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: drop robust action frames before assoc To be able to more easily understand the code, drop robust action frames before being associated, even if there's no MFP in the end, as they are Class 3 Frames and shouldn't be transmitted in the first place. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231001125722.b2fd37083371.Ie9f4906e2f6c698989bce6681956ed2f9454f27c@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c419d884 |
|
29-Sep-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: fix ieee80211_drop_unencrypted_mgmt return type/value Somehow, I managed to botch this and pretty much completely break wifi. My original patch did contain these changes, but I seem to have lost them before sending to the list. Fix it now. Reported-and-tested-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@kernel.org> Fixes: 6c02fab72429 ("wifi: mac80211: split ieee80211_drop_unencrypted_mgmt() return value") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2a1c5c7d |
|
25-Sep-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: expand __ieee80211_data_to_8023() status Make __ieee80211_data_to_8023() return more individual drop reasons instead of just doing RX_DROP_U_INVALID_8023. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6c02fab7 |
|
25-Sep-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: split ieee80211_drop_unencrypted_mgmt() return value This has many different reasons, split the return value into the individual reasons for better traceability. Also, since symbolic tracing doesn't work for these, add a few comments for the numbering. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
dccc9aa7 |
|
25-Sep-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: remove RX_DROP_UNUSABLE Convert all instances of RX_DROP_UNUSABLE to indicate a better reason, and then remove RX_DROP_UNUSABLE. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
58305854 |
|
25-Sep-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: fix check for unusable RX result If we just check "result & RX_DROP_UNUSABLE", this really only works by accident, because SKB_DROP_REASON_SUBSYS_MAC80211_UNUSABLE got to have the value 1, and SKB_DROP_REASON_SUBSYS_MAC80211_MONITOR is 2. Fix this to really check the entire subsys mask for the value, so it doesn't matter what the subsystem value is. Fixes: 7f4e09700bdc ("wifi: mac80211: report all unusable beacon frames") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4d3acf43 |
|
28-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: remove sta_mtx We now hold the wiphy mutex everywhere that we use or needed the sta_mtx, so we don't need this mutex any more. Remove it. Most of this change was done automatically with spatch. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
91535613 |
|
16-Oct-2023 |
Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: don't drop all unprotected public action frames Not all public action frames have a protected variant. When MFP is enabled drop only public action frames that have a dual protected variant. Fixes: 76a3059cf124 ("wifi: mac80211: drop some unprotected action frames") Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20231016145213.2973e3c8d3bb.I6198b8d3b04cf4a97b06660d346caec3032f232a@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
19e4a47e |
|
15-Aug-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: check S1G action frame size Before checking the action code, check that it even exists in the frame. Reported-by: syzbot+be9c824e6f269d608288@syzkaller.appspotmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b98c1610 |
|
17-Aug-2023 |
Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com> |
wifi: mac80211: limit reorder_buf_filtered to avoid UBSAN warning The commit 06470f7468c8 ("mac80211: add API to allow filtering frames in BA sessions") added reorder_buf_filtered to mark frames filtered by firmware, and it can only work correctly if hw.max_rx_aggregation_subframes <= 64 since it stores the bitmap in a u64 variable. However, new HE or EHT devices can support BlockAck number up to 256 or 1024, and then using a higher subframe index leads UBSAN warning: UBSAN: shift-out-of-bounds in net/mac80211/rx.c:1129:39 shift exponent 215 is too large for 64-bit type 'long long unsigned int' Call Trace: <IRQ> dump_stack_lvl+0x48/0x70 dump_stack+0x10/0x20 __ubsan_handle_shift_out_of_bounds+0x1ac/0x360 ieee80211_release_reorder_frame.constprop.0.cold+0x64/0x69 [mac80211] ieee80211_sta_reorder_release+0x9c/0x400 [mac80211] ieee80211_prepare_and_rx_handle+0x1234/0x1420 [mac80211] ieee80211_rx_list+0xaef/0xf60 [mac80211] ieee80211_rx_napi+0x53/0xd0 [mac80211] Since only old hardware that supports <=64 BlockAck uses ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(), limit the use as it is, so add a WARN_ONCE() and comment to note to avoid using this function if hardware capability is not suitable. Signed-off-by: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230818014004.16177-1-pkshih@realtek.com [edit commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7f4e0970 |
|
21-Jun-2023 |
Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: report all unusable beacon frames Properly check for RX_DROP_UNUSABLE now that the new drop reason infrastructure is used. Without this change, the comparison will always be false as a more specific reason is given in the lower bits of result. Fixes: baa951a1c177 ("mac80211: use the new drop reasons infrastructure") Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230621120543.412920-2-johannes@sipsolutions.net Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
76a3059c |
|
19-Jun-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: drop some unprotected action frames We should not receive/handle unicast protected dual or public action frames that aren't protected, so drop them - in the latter case of course only if MFP is used. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230619161906.eb4461108129.I3c2223cf29d8a3586dfc74b2dda3f6fa2a4eea7c@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2cc7add3 |
|
19-Jun-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move action length check up We'd like to add more checks to the function here for action frames, so move up the length check from the action processing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230619161906.e799254e923f.I0a1de5f6bbdc1b2ef5efaa0ac80c7c3f39415538@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7339e0f2 |
|
19-Jun-2023 |
Alon Giladi <alon.giladi@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: drop unprotected robust mgmt before 4-way-HS When MFP is used, drop unprotected robust management frames also before the 4-way handshake has been completed, i.e. no key has been installed yet. Signed-off-by: Alon Giladi <alon.giladi@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230619183718.cfbefddccd0c.Ife369dbb61c87e311ce15739d5b2b4763bfdfbae@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f1871abd |
|
08-Jun-2023 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: Add getter functions for vif MLD state As a preparation to support disabled/dormant links, add the following function: - ieee80211_vif_usable_links(): returns the bitmap of the links that can be activated. Use this function in all the places that the bitmap of the usable links is needed. - ieee80211_vif_is_mld(): returns true iff the vif is an MLD. Use this function in all the places where an indication that the connection is a MLD is needed. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230608163202.86e3351da1fc.If6fe3a339fda2019f13f57ff768ecffb711b710a@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0e966d9a |
|
08-Jun-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: don't update rx_stats.last_rate for NDP If we get an NDP (null data packet), there's reason to believe the peer is just sending it to probe, and that would happen at a low rate. Don't track this packet for purposes of last RX rate reporting. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230608163202.8af46c4ac094.I13d9d5019addeaa4aff3c8a05f56c9f5a86b1ebd@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
16114496 |
|
06-Jun-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: use wiphy work for sdata->work We'll need this later to convert other works that might be cancelled from here, so convert this one first. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
47c171a4 |
|
03-Jun-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: don't translate beacon/presp addrs Don't do link address translation for beacons and probe responses, this leads to reporting multiple scan list entries for the same AP (one with the MLD address) which just breaks things. We might need to extend this in the future for some other (action) frames that aren't MLD addressed. Fixes: 42fb9148c078 ("wifi: mac80211: do link->MLD address translation on RX") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230604120651.62adead1b43a.Ifc25eed26ebf3b269f60b1ec10060156d0e7ec0d@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
baa951a1 |
|
19-Apr-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use the new drop reasons infrastructure It can be really hard to analyse or debug why packets are going missing in mac80211, so add the needed infrastructure to use use the new per-subsystem drop reasons. We actually use two drop reason subsystems here because of the different handling of frames that are dropped but still go to monitor for old versions of hostapd, and those that are just completely unusable (e.g. crypto failed.) Annotate a few reasons here just to illustrate this, we'll need to go through and annotate more of them later. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
fe4a6d2d |
|
14-Mar-2023 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: implement support for yet another mesh A-MSDU format MT7996 hardware supports mesh A-MSDU subframes in hardware, but uses a big-endian length field Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230314095956.62085-7-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3468e1e0 |
|
14-Mar-2023 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: add mesh fast-rx support This helps bring down rx CPU usage by avoiding calls to the rx handlers in the slow path. Supports forwarding and local rx, including A-MSDU. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230314095956.62085-6-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8b0f5cb6 |
|
14-Mar-2023 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: use mesh header cache to speed up mesh forwarding Significantly reduces mesh forwarding path CPU usage and enables the direct use of iTXQ. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230314095956.62085-5-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d5edb9ae |
|
14-Mar-2023 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: mesh fast xmit support Previously, fast xmit only worked on interface types where initially a sta lookup is performed, and a cached header can be attached to the sta, requiring only some fields to be updated at runtime. This technique is not directly applicable for a mesh device type due to the dynamic nature of the topology and protocol. There are more addresses that need to be filled, and there is an extra header with a dynamic length based on the addressing mode. Change the code to cache entries contain a copy of the mesh subframe header + bridge tunnel header, as well as an embedded struct ieee80211_fast_tx, which contains the information for building the 802.11 header. Add a mesh specific early fast xmit call, which looks up a cached entry and adds only the mesh subframe header, before passing it over to the generic fast xmit code. To ensure the changes in network are reflected in these cached headers, flush affected cached entries on path changes, as well as other conditions that currently trigger a fast xmit check in other modes (key changes etc.) This code is loosely based on a previous implementation by: Sriram R <quic_srirrama@quicinc.com> Cc: Sriram R <quic_srirrama@quicinc.com> Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230314095956.62085-4-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9179dff8 |
|
28-Feb-2023 |
Mordechay Goodstein <mordechay.goodstein@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add support for driver adding radiotap TLVs The new TLV format enables adding TLVs after the fixed fields in radiotap, as part of the radiotap header. Support this and move vendor data to the TLV format, allowing a reuse of the RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA as the new RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_TLV_AT_END flag. Signed-off-by: Mordechay Goodstein <mordechay.goodstein@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230301115906.b18fd5da8477.I576400ec40a7b35ef97a3b09a99b3a49e9174786@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4c532321 |
|
28-Feb-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: cfg80211/mac80211: report link ID on control port RX For control port RX, report the link ID for MLO. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230301115906.fe06dfc3791b.Iddcab94789cafe336417be406072ce8a6312fc2d@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3a867c7e |
|
28-Feb-2023 |
Mordechay Goodstein <mordechay.goodstein@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: clear all bits that relate rtap fields on skb Since we remove radiotap from skb data, clear all RX_FLAG_X related info that indicate info on the skb data. Also we need to do it only once so remove the clear from cooked_monitor. Signed-off-by: Mordechay Goodstein <mordechay.goodstein@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Gregory Greenman <gregory.greenman@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230301115906.74d3efe19eae.Ie17a35864d2e120f9858516a2e3d3047d83cf805@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
899c2c11 |
|
24-Mar-2023 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: fix flow dissection for forwarded packets Adjust the network header to point at the correct payload offset Fixes: 986e43b19ae9 ("wifi: mac80211: fix receiving A-MSDU frames on mesh interfaces") Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230324120924.38412-2-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8f0149a8 |
|
24-Mar-2023 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: fix mesh forwarding Linearize packets (needed for forwarding A-MSDU subframes). Fixes: 986e43b19ae9 ("wifi: mac80211: fix receiving A-MSDU frames on mesh interfaces") Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230324120924.38412-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e26c0946 |
|
26-Mar-2023 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: fix receiving mesh packets in forwarding=0 networks When forwarding is set to 0, frames are typically sent with ttl=1. Move the ttl decrement check below the check for local receive in order to fix packet drops. Reported-by: Thomas Hühn <thomas.huehn@hs-nordhausen.de> Reported-by: Nick Hainke <vincent@systemli.org> Fixes: 986e43b19ae9 ("wifi: mac80211: fix receiving A-MSDU frames on mesh interfaces") Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230326151709.17743-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a16fc383 |
|
30-Mar-2023 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: fix potential null pointer dereference rx->sta->amsdu_mesh_control is being passed to ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s without checking rx->sta. Since it doesn't make sense to accept A-MSDU packets without a sta, simply add a check earlier. Fixes: 6e4c0d0460bd ("wifi: mac80211: add a workaround for receiving non-standard mesh A-MSDU") Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230330090001.60750-2-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4d78e032 |
|
30-Mar-2023 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: drop bogus static keywords in A-MSDU rx These were unintentional copy&paste mistakes. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 986e43b19ae9 ("wifi: mac80211: fix receiving A-MSDU frames on mesh interfaces") Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230330090001.60750-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f355f701 |
|
14-Mar-2023 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: fix mesh path discovery based on unicast packets If a packet has reached its intended destination, it was bumped to the code that accepts it, without first checking if a mesh_path needs to be created based on the discovered source. Fix this by moving the destination address check further down. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 986e43b19ae9 ("wifi: mac80211: fix receiving A-MSDU frames on mesh interfaces") Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230314095956.62085-3-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ab5f171e |
|
15-Feb-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: always initialize link_sta with sta When we have multiple interfaces receiving the same frame, such as a multicast frame, one interface might have a sta and the other not. In this case, link_sta would be set but not cleared again. Always set link_sta, so we keep an invariant that link_sta and sta are either both set or both not set. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0d846bdc |
|
15-Feb-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: pass 'sta' to ieee80211_rx_data_set_sta() There's at least one case in ieee80211_rx_for_interface() where we might pass &((struct sta_info *)NULL)->sta to it only to then do container_of(), and then checking the result for NULL, but checking the result of container_of() for NULL looks really odd. Fix this by just passing the struct sta_info * instead. Fixes: e66b7920aa5a ("wifi: mac80211: fix initialization of rx->link and rx->link_sta") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e6f5dcb7 |
|
23-Nov-2022 |
Gilad Itzkovitch <gilad.itzkovitch@morsemicro.com> |
wifi: mac80211: Fix for Rx fragmented action frames The ieee80211_accept_frame() function performs a number of early checks to decide whether or not further processing needs to be done on a frame. One of those checks is the ieee80211_is_robust_mgmt_frame() function. It requires to peek into the frame payload, but because defragmentation does not occur until later on in the receive path, this peek is invalid for any fragment other than the first one. Also, in this scenario there is no STA and so the fragmented frame will be dropped later on in the process and will not reach the upper stack. This can happen with large action frames at low rates, for example, we see issues with DPP on S1G. This change will only check if the frame is robust if it's the first fragment. Invalid fragmented packets will be discarded later after defragmentation is completed. Signed-off-by: Gilad Itzkovitch <gilad.itzkovitch@morsemicro.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221124005336.1618411-1-gilad.itzkovitch@morsemicro.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
daf8fb42 |
|
13-Feb-2023 |
Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: Don't translate MLD addresses for multicast MLD address translation should be done only for individually addressed frames. Otherwise, AAD calculation would be wrong and the decryption would fail. Fixes: e66b7920aa5ac ("wifi: mac80211: fix initialization of rx->link and rx->link_sta") Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230214101048.792414-1-andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
aaacf174 |
|
06-Feb-2023 |
Karthikeyan Periyasamy <quic_periyasa@quicinc.com> |
wifi: mac80211: fix non-MLO station association Non-MLO station frames are dropped in Rx path due to the condition check in ieee80211_rx_is_valid_sta_link_id(). In multi-link AP scenario, non-MLO stations try to connect in any of the valid links in the ML AP, where the station valid_links and link_id params are valid in the ieee80211_sta object. But ieee80211_rx_is_valid_sta_link_id() always return false for the non-MLO stations by the assumption taken is valid_links and link_id are not valid in non-MLO stations object (ieee80211_sta), this assumption is wrong. Due to this assumption, non-MLO station frames are dropped which leads to failure in association. Fix it by removing the condition check and allow the link validation check for the non-MLO stations. Fixes: e66b7920aa5a ("wifi: mac80211: fix initialization of rx->link and rx->link_sta") Signed-off-by: Karthikeyan Periyasamy <quic_periyasa@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230206160330.1613-1-quic_periyasa@quicinc.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6e4c0d04 |
|
13-Feb-2023 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: add a workaround for receiving non-standard mesh A-MSDU At least ath10k and ath11k supported hardware (maybe more) does not implement mesh A-MSDU aggregation in a standard compliant way. 802.11-2020 9.3.2.2.2 declares that the Mesh Control field is part of the A-MSDU header (and little-endian). As such, its length must not be included in the subframe length field. Hardware affected by this bug treats the mesh control field as part of the MSDU data and sets the length accordingly. In order to avoid packet loss, keep track of which stations are affected by this and take it into account when converting A-MSDU to 802.3 + mesh control packets. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230213100855.34315-5-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
986e43b1 |
|
13-Feb-2023 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: fix receiving A-MSDU frames on mesh interfaces The current mac80211 mesh A-MSDU receive path fails to parse A-MSDU packets on mesh interfaces, because it assumes that the Mesh Control field is always directly after the 802.11 header. 802.11-2020 9.3.2.2.2 Figure 9-70 shows that the Mesh Control field is actually part of the A-MSDU subframe header. This makes more sense, since it allows packets for multiple different destinations to be included in the same A-MSDU, as long as RA and TID are still the same. Another issue is the fact that the A-MSDU subframe length field was apparently accidentally defined as little-endian in the standard. In order to fix this, the mesh forwarding path needs happen at a different point in the receive path. ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr is changed to ignore the mesh control field and leave it in after the ethernet header. This also affects the source/dest MAC address fields, which now in the case of mesh point to the mesh SA/DA. ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s is changed to deal with the endian difference and to add the Mesh Control length to the subframe length, since it's not covered by the MSDU length field. With these changes, the mac80211 will get the same packet structure for converted regular data packets and unpacked A-MSDU subframes. The mesh forwarding checks are now only performed after the A-MSDU decap. For locally received packets, the Mesh Control header is stripped away. For forwarded packets, a new 802.11 header gets added. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230213100855.34315-4-nbd@nbd.name [fix fortify build error] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5c1e269a |
|
13-Feb-2023 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: remove mesh forwarding congestion check Now that all drivers use iTXQ, it does not make sense to check to drop tx forwarding packets when the driver has stopped the queues. fq_codel will take care of dropping packets when the queues fill up Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20230213100855.34315-3-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
82253dda |
|
19-Jan-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: drop extra 'e' from ieeee80211... name Somehow an extra 'e' slipped in there without anyone noticing, drop that from ieeee80211_obss_color_collision_notify(). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f66c48af |
|
09-Jan-2023 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support minimal EHT rate reporting on RX Add minimal support for RX EHT rate reporting, not yet adding (modifying) any radiotap headers, just statistics for cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fa22b51a |
|
07-Dec-2022 |
Sriram R <quic_srirrama@quicinc.com> |
mac80211: Fix MLO address translation for multiple bss case When multiple interfaces are present in the local interface list, new skb copy is taken before rx processing except for the first interface. The address translation happens each time only on the original skb since the hdr pointer is not updated properly to the newly created skb. As a result frames start to drop in userspace when address based checks or search fails. Signed-off-by: Sriram R <quic_srirrama@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221208040050.25922-1-quic_srirrama@quicinc.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e66b7920 |
|
30-Dec-2022 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: fix initialization of rx->link and rx->link_sta There are some codepaths that do not initialize rx->link_sta properly. This causes a crash in places which assume that rx->link_sta is valid if rx->sta is valid. One known instance is triggered by __ieee80211_rx_h_amsdu being called from fast-rx. It results in a crash like this one: BUG: kernel NULL pointer dereference, address: 00000000000000a8 #PF: supervisor write access in kernel mode #PF: error_code(0x0002) - not-present page PGD 0 P4D 0 Oops: 0002 [#1] PREEMPT SMP PTI CPU: 1 PID: 506 Comm: mt76-usb-rx phy Tainted: G E 6.1.0-debian64x+1.7 #3 Hardware name: ZOTAC ZBOX-ID92/ZBOX-IQ01/ZBOX-ID92/ZBOX-IQ01, BIOS B220P007 05/21/2014 RIP: 0010:ieee80211_deliver_skb+0x62/0x1f0 [mac80211] Code: 00 48 89 04 24 e8 9e a7 c3 df 89 c0 48 03 1c c5 a0 ea 39 a1 4c 01 6b 08 48 ff 03 48 83 7d 28 00 74 11 48 8b 45 30 48 63 55 44 <48> 83 84 d0 a8 00 00 00 01 41 8b 86 c0 11 00 00 8d 50 fd 83 fa 01 RSP: 0018:ffff999040803b10 EFLAGS: 00010286 RAX: 0000000000000000 RBX: ffffb9903f496480 RCX: 0000000000000000 RDX: 0000000000000000 RSI: 0000000000000000 RDI: 0000000000000000 RBP: ffff999040803ce0 R08: 0000000000000000 R09: 0000000000000000 R10: 0000000000000000 R11: 0000000000000000 R12: ffff8d21828ac900 R13: 000000000000004a R14: ffff8d2198ed89c0 R15: ffff8d2198ed8000 FS: 0000000000000000(0000) GS:ffff8d24afe80000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000 CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033 CR2: 00000000000000a8 CR3: 0000000429810002 CR4: 00000000001706e0 Call Trace: <TASK> __ieee80211_rx_h_amsdu+0x1b5/0x240 [mac80211] ? ieee80211_prepare_and_rx_handle+0xcdd/0x1320 [mac80211] ? __local_bh_enable_ip+0x3b/0xa0 ieee80211_prepare_and_rx_handle+0xcdd/0x1320 [mac80211] ? prepare_transfer+0x109/0x1a0 [xhci_hcd] ieee80211_rx_list+0xa80/0xda0 [mac80211] mt76_rx_complete+0x207/0x2e0 [mt76] mt76_rx_poll_complete+0x357/0x5a0 [mt76] mt76u_rx_worker+0x4f5/0x600 [mt76_usb] ? mt76_get_min_avg_rssi+0x140/0x140 [mt76] __mt76_worker_fn+0x50/0x80 [mt76] kthread+0xed/0x120 ? kthread_complete_and_exit+0x20/0x20 ret_from_fork+0x22/0x30 Since the initialization of rx->link and rx->link_sta is rather convoluted and duplicated in many places, clean it up by using a helper function to set it. Fixes: ccdde7c74ffd ("wifi: mac80211: properly implement MLO key handling") Fixes: b320d6c456ff ("wifi: mac80211: use correct rx link_sta instead of default") Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221230200747.19040-1-nbd@nbd.name [remove unnecessary rx->sta->sta.mlo check] Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
94b9b9de |
|
01-Dec-2022 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: fix and simplify unencrypted drop check for mesh ieee80211_drop_unencrypted is called from ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding and ieee80211_frame_allowed. Since ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding can forward packets for other mesh nodes and is called earlier, it needs to check the decryptions status and if the packet is using the control protocol on its own, instead of deferring to the later call from ieee80211_frame_allowed. Because of that, ieee80211_drop_unencrypted has a mesh specific check that skips over the mesh header in order to check the payload protocol. This code is invalid when called from ieee80211_frame_allowed, since that happens after the 802.11->802.3 conversion. Fix this by moving the mesh specific check directly into ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20221201135730.19723-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
107395f9 |
|
09-Oct-2022 |
Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> |
wifi: mac80211: Drop support for TX push path All drivers are now using mac80211 internal queues (iTXQs). Drop mac80211 internal support for the old push path. Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b2d03cab |
|
05-Oct-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: fix crash in beacon protection for P2P-device If beacon protection is active but the beacon cannot be decrypted or is otherwise malformed, we call the cfg80211 API to report this to userspace, but that uses a netdev pointer, which isn't present for P2P-Device. Fix this to call it only conditionally to ensure cfg80211 won't crash in the case of P2P-Device. This fixes CVE-2022-42722. Reported-by: Sönke Huster <shuster@seemoo.tu-darmstadt.de> Fixes: 9eaf183af741 ("mac80211: Report beacon protection failures to user space") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3bf9e30e |
|
30-Sep-2022 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: fix decap offload for stations on AP_VLAN interfaces Since AP_VLAN interfaces are not passed to the driver, check offload_flags on the bss vif instead. Reported-by: Howard Hsu <howard-yh.hsu@mediatek.com> Fixes: 80a915ec4427 ("mac80211: add rx decapsulation offload support") Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f5369dcf |
|
07-Oct-2022 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: do not drop packets smaller than the LLC-SNAP header on fast-rx Since STP TCN frames are only 7 bytes, the pskb_may_pull call returns an error. Instead of dropping those packets, bump them back to the slow path for proper processing. Fixes: 49ddf8e6e234 ("mac80211: add fast-rx path") Reported-by: Chad Monroe <chad.monroe@smartrg.com> Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d427c899 |
|
28-Sep-2022 |
Richard Gobert <richardbgobert@gmail.com> |
net-next: skbuff: refactor pskb_pull pskb_may_pull already contains all of the checks performed by pskb_pull. Use pskb_may_pull for validation in pskb_pull, eliminating the duplication and making __pskb_pull obsolete. Replace __pskb_pull with pskb_pull where applicable. Signed-off-by: Richard Gobert <richardbgobert@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
261ce887 |
|
02-Sep-2022 |
Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: make smps_mode per-link The SMPS power save mode needs to be per-link rather than being shared for all links. As such, move it into struct ieee80211_link_sta. Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b320d6c4 |
|
02-Sep-2022 |
Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: use correct rx link_sta instead of default Use rx->link_sta everywhere instead of accessing the default link. Signed-off-by: Benjamin Berg <benjamin.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e95a7f3d |
|
06-Sep-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: set link_sta in reorder timeout Now that we have a link_sta pointer in the rx struct we also need to fill it in all the cases. It didn't matter so much until now as we weren't using it, but the code should really be able to assume that if the rx.sta is set, so is rx.link_sta. Fixes: ccdde7c74ffd ("wifi: mac80211: properly implement MLO key handling") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4f6c78de |
|
17-Aug-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: use link ID for MLO in queued frames When queuing frames to an interface store the link ID we determined (which possibly came from the driver in the RX status in the first place) in the RX status, and use it in the MLME code to send probe responses, beacons and CSA frames to the right link. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
43635a5a |
|
17-Aug-2022 |
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <quic_vthiagar@quicinc.com> |
wifi: mac80211: use the corresponding link for stats update With link_id reported in rx_status for MLO connection, do the stats update on the appropriate link instead of always deflink. Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <quic_vthiagar@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220817104213.2531-3-quic_vthiagar@quicinc.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ea9d807b |
|
17-Aug-2022 |
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <quic_vthiagar@quicinc.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add link information in ieee80211_rx_status In MLO, when the address translation from link to MLD is done in fw/hw, it is necessary to be able to have some information on the link on which the frame has been received. Extend the rx API to include link_id and a valid flag in ieee80211_rx_status. Also make chanes to mac80211 rx APIs to make use of the reported link_id after sanity checks. Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <quic_vthiagar@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220817104213.2531-2-quic_vthiagar@quicinc.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ccdde7c7 |
|
17-Aug-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: properly implement MLO key handling Implement key installation and lookup (on TX and RX) for MLO, so we can use multiple GTKs/IGTKs/BIGTKs. Co-authored-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4a86c546 |
|
02-Sep-2022 |
Mukesh Sisodiya <mukesh.sisodiya@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: fix link warning in RX agg timer expiry The rx data link pointer isn't set from the RX aggregation timer, resulting in a later warning. Fix that by setting it to the first valid link for now, with a FIXME to worry about statistics later, it's not very important since it's just the timeout case. Reported-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/498d714c-76be-9d04-26db-a1206878de5e@redhat.com Fixes: 56057da4569b ("wifi: mac80211: rx: track link in RX data") Signed-off-by: Mukesh Sisodiya <mukesh.sisodiya@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
56057da4 |
|
21-Jul-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: rx: track link in RX data We'll need the link e.g. for decrypt, and shouldn't be looking it up all the time later, so track it in the RX data. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e1e68b14 |
|
18-Jul-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: expand ieee80211_mgmt_tx() for MLO There are a couple of new things that should be possible with MLO: * selecting the link to transmit to a station by link ID, which a previous patch added to the nl80211 API * selecting the link by frequency, similarly * allowing transmittion to an MLD without specifying any channel or link ID, with MLD addresses Enable these use cases. Also fix the address comparison in client mode to use the AP (MLD) address. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2ec833a5 |
|
18-Jul-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: report link ID to cfg80211 on mgmt RX For frames received on an MLD, report the link ID to userspace. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f9202638 |
|
26-Jan-2022 |
Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add hardware timestamps for RX and TX When the low level driver reports hardware timestamps for frame TX status or frame RX, pass the timestamps to cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1f638944 |
|
18-Jul-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: fix RX MLD address translation We should only translate addr3 here if it's the BSSID. Fixes: 42fb9148c078 ("wifi: mac80211: do link->MLD address translation on RX") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
42fb9148 |
|
14-Jul-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: do link->MLD address translation on RX In some cases, e.g. with Qualcomm devices and management frames, or in hwsim, frames may be reported from the driver with link addresses, but for decryption and matching needs we really want to have them with MLD addresses. Support the translation on RX. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0d5891e3 |
|
30-Jun-2022 |
Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: Allow EAPOL tx from specific link Allow link source address on TX. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d06faef1 |
|
30-Jun-2022 |
Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: Allow EAPOL frames from link addresses Allow transmitting EAPOL frames not only from the interface address (which is the MLD address) but also any link addresses, in order to support non-MLO stations on AP interfaces. Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d8675a63 |
|
17-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: RCU-ify link/link_conf pointers Since links can be added and removed dynamically, we need to somehow protect the sdata->link[] and vif->link_conf[] array pointers from disappearing when accessing them without locks. RCU-ify the pointers to achieve this, which requires quite a bit of rework. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
892b3bce |
|
14-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: rx: accept link-addressed frames When checking whether or not to accept a frame in RX, take into account the configured link addresses. Also look up the link station correctly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
942741da |
|
25-Jun-2022 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
wifi: mac80211: switch airtime fairness back to deficit round-robin scheduling This reverts commits 6a789ba679d652587532cec2a0e0274fda172f3b and 2433647bc8d983a543e7d31b41ca2de1c7e2c198. The virtual time scheduler code has a number of issues: - queues slowed down by hardware/firmware powersave handling were not properly handled. - on ath10k in push-pull mode, tx queues that the driver tries to pull from were starved, causing excessive latency - delay between tx enqueue and reported airtime use were causing excessively bursty tx behavior The bursty behavior may also be present on the round-robin scheduler, but there it is much easier to fix without introducing additional regressions Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220625212411.36675-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c71420db |
|
15-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: RCU-ify link STA pointers We need to be able to access these in a race-free way under traffic while adding/removing them, so RCU-ify the pointers. This requires passing a link_sta to a lot of functions so we don't have to do the RCU handling everywhere. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7e60096f |
|
13-Jun-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move ieee80211_bssid_match() function This is only used in rx.c, so move it into the file. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
afe0d181 |
|
30-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: add link_id to vht.c code for MLO Update the code in vht.c and add the link_id parameter where necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b4f85443 |
|
30-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: make channel context code MLO-aware Make the channel context code MLO aware, along with some functions that it uses, so that the chan.c file is now MLD-clean and no longer uses deflink/bss_conf/etc. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bfd8403a |
|
16-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: reorg some iface data structs for MLD Start reorganizing interface related data structures toward MLD. The most complex part here is for the keys, since we have to split the various kinds of GTKs off to the link but still need to use (for WEP) the other keys as a fallback even for multicast frames. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d0a9123e |
|
10-May-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: move some future per-link data to bss_conf To add MLD, reuse the bss_conf structure later for per-link information, so move some things into it that are per link. Most transformations were done with the following spatch: @@ expression sdata; identifier var = { chanctx_conf, mu_mimo_owner, csa_active, color_change_active, color_change_color }; @@ -sdata->vif.var +sdata->vif.bss_conf.var @@ struct ieee80211_vif *vif; identifier var = { chanctx_conf, mu_mimo_owner, csa_active, color_change_active, color_change_color }; @@ -vif->var +vif->bss_conf.var Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
23a5f0af |
|
09-Feb-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wifi: mac80211: remove cipher scheme support The only driver using this was iwlwifi, where we just removed the support because it was never really used. Remove the code from mac80211 as well. Change-Id: I1667417a5932315ee9d81f5c233c56a354923f09 Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
03895c84 |
|
16-Jun-2022 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> |
wifi: mac80211: add gfp_t parameter to ieeee80211_obss_color_collision_notify Introduce the capability to specify gfp_t parameter to ieeee80211_obss_color_collision_notify routine since it runs in interrupt context in ieee80211_rx_check_bss_color_collision(). Fixes: 6d945a33f2b0a ("mac80211: introduce BSS color collision detection") Co-developed-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/02c990fb3fbd929c8548a656477d20d6c0427a13.1655419135.git.lorenzo@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
046d2e7c |
|
04-Apr-2022 |
Sriram R <quic_srirrama@quicinc.com> |
mac80211: prepare sta handling for MLO support Currently in mac80211 each STA object is represented using sta_info datastructure with the associated STA specific information and drivers access ieee80211_sta part of it. With MLO (Multi Link Operation) support being added in 802.11be standard, though the association is logically with a single Multi Link capable STA, at the physical level communication can happen via different advertised links (uniquely identified by Channel, operating class, BSSID) and hence the need to handle multiple link STA parameters within a composite sta_info object called the MLD STA. The different link STA part of MLD STA are identified using the link address which can be same or different as the MLD STA address and unique link id based on the link vif. To support extension of such a model, the sta_info datastructure is modified to hold multiple link STA objects with link specific params currently within sta_info moved to this new structure. Similarly this is done for ieee80211_sta as well which will be accessed within mac80211 as well as by drivers, hence trivial driver changes are expected to support this. For current non MLO supported drivers, only one link STA is present and link information is accessed via 'deflink' member. For MLO drivers, we still need to define the APIs etc. to get the correct link ID and access the correct part of the station info. Currently in mac80211, all link STA info are accessed directly via deflink. These will be updated to access via link pointers indexed by link id with MLO support patches, with link id being 0 for non MLO supported cases. Except for couple of macro related changes, below spatch takes care of updating mac80211 and driver code to access to the link STA info via deflink. @ieee80211_sta@ struct ieee80211_sta *s; struct sta_info *si; identifier var = {supp_rates, ht_cap, vht_cap, he_cap, he_6ghz_capa, eht_cap, rx_nss, bandwidth, txpwr}; @@ ( s-> - var + deflink.var | si->sta. - var + deflink.var ) @sta_info@ struct sta_info *si; identifier var = {gtk, pcpu_rx_stats, rx_stats, rx_stats_avg, status_stats, tx_stats, cur_max_bandwidth}; @@ ( si-> - var + deflink.var ) Signed-off-by: Sriram R <quic_srirrama@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1649086883-13246-1-git-send-email-quic_srirrama@quicinc.com [remove MLO-drivers notes from commit message, not clear yet; run spatch] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6d945a33 |
|
25-Mar-2022 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> |
mac80211: introduce BSS color collision detection Add ieee80211_rx_check_bss_color_collision routine in order to introduce BSS color collision detection in mac80211 if it is not supported in HW/FW (e.g. for mt7915 chipset). Add IEEE80211_HW_DETECTS_COLOR_COLLISION flag to let the driver notify BSS color collision detection is supported in HW/FW. Set this for ath11k which apparently didn't need this code. Tested-by: Peter Chiu <Chui-Hao.Chiu@mediatek.com> Co-developed-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Ryder Lee <ryder.lee@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/a05eeeb1841a84560dc5aaec77894fcb69a54f27.1648204871.git.lorenzo@kernel.org [clarify commit message a bit, move flag to mac80211] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5e469ed9 |
|
19-Apr-2022 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: fix rx reordering with non explicit / psmp ack policy When the QoS ack policy was set to non explicit / psmp ack, frames are treated as not being part of a BA session, which causes extra latency on reordering. Fix this by only bypassing reordering for packets with no-ack policy Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220420105038.36443-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
667aa742 |
|
02-Feb-2022 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: assume CHECKSUM_COMPLETE includes SNAP There's currently only one driver that reports CHECKSUM_COMPLETE, that is iwlwifi. The current hardware there calculates checksum after the SNAP header, but only RFC 1042 (and some other cases, but replicating the exact hardware logic for corner cases in the driver seemed awkward.) Newer generations of hardware will checksum _including_ the SNAP, which makes things easier. To handle that, simply always assume the checksum _includes_ the SNAP header, which this patch does, requiring to first add it for older iwlwifi hardware, and then remove it again later on conversion. Alternatively, we could have: 1) Always assumed the checksum starts _after_ the SNAP header; the problem with this is that we'd have to replace the exact "what is the SNAP" check in iwlwifi that cfg80211 has. 2) Made it configurable with some flag, but that seemed like too much complexity. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/iwlwifi.20220202104617.230736e19e0e.I3e6745873585ad943c152fab9e23b5221f17a95f@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
859ae701 |
|
14-Feb-2022 |
Nicolas Escande <nico.escande@gmail.com> |
mac80211: fix forwarded mesh frames AC & queue selection There are two problems with the current code that have been highlighted with the AQL feature that is now enbaled by default. First problem is in ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding(), ieee80211_select_queue_80211() is used on received packets to choose the sending AC queue of the forwarding packet although this function should only be called on TX packet (it uses ieee80211_tx_info). This ends with forwarded mesh packets been sent on unrelated random AC queue. To fix that, AC queue can directly be infered from skb->priority which has been extracted from QOS info (see ieee80211_parse_qos()). Second problem is the value of queue_mapping set on forwarded mesh frames via skb_set_queue_mapping() is not the AC of the packet but a hardware queue index. This may or may not work depending on AC to HW queue mapping which is driver specific. Both of these issues lead to improper AC selection while forwarding mesh packets but more importantly due to improper airtime accounting (which is done on a per STA, per AC basis) caused traffic stall with the introduction of AQL. Fixes: cf44012810cc ("mac80211: fix unnecessary frame drops in mesh fwding") Fixes: d3c1597b8d1b ("mac80211: fix forwarded mesh frame queue mapping") Co-developed-by: Remi Pommarel <repk@triplefau.lt> Signed-off-by: Remi Pommarel <repk@triplefau.lt> Signed-off-by: Nicolas Escande <nico.escande@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220214173214.368862-1-nico.escande@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
610d086d |
|
12-Feb-2022 |
Deren Wu <deren.wu@mediatek.com> |
mac80211: fix EAPoL rekey fail in 802.3 rx path mac80211 set capability NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211 to upper layer by default. That means we should pass EAPoL packets through nl80211 path only, and should not send the EAPoL skb to netdevice diretly. At the meanwhile, wpa_supplicant would not register sock to listen EAPoL skb on the netdevice. However, there is no control_port_protocol handler in mac80211 for 802.3 RX packets, mac80211 driver would pass up the EAPoL rekey frame to netdevice and wpa_supplicant would be never interactive with this kind of packets, if SUPPORTS_RX_DECAP_OFFLOAD is enabled. This causes STA always rekey fail if EAPoL frame go through 802.3 path. To avoid this problem, align the same process as 802.11 type to handle this frame before put it into network stack. This also addresses a potential security issue in 802.3 RX mode that was previously fixed in commit a8c4d76a8dd4 ("mac80211: do not accept/forward invalid EAPOL frames"). Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 5.12+ Fixes: 80a915ec4427 ("mac80211: add rx decapsulation offload support") Signed-off-by: Deren Wu <deren.wu@mediatek.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/6889c9fced5859ebb088564035f84fd0fa792a49.1644680751.git.deren.wu@mediatek.com [fix typos, update comment and add note about security issue] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
04be6d33 |
|
02-Jan-2022 |
Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com> |
mac80211: allow non-standard VHT MCS-10/11 Some AP can possibly try non-standard VHT rate and mac80211 warns and drops packets, and leads low TCP throughput. Rate marked as a VHT rate but data is invalid: MCS: 10, NSS: 2 WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 7817 at net/mac80211/rx.c:4856 ieee80211_rx_list+0x223/0x2f0 [mac8021 Since commit c27aa56a72b8 ("cfg80211: add VHT rate entries for MCS-10 and MCS-11") has added, mac80211 adds this support as well. After this patch, throughput is good and iw can get the bitrate: rx bitrate: 975.1 MBit/s VHT-MCS 10 80MHz short GI VHT-NSS 2 or rx bitrate: 1083.3 MBit/s VHT-MCS 11 80MHz short GI VHT-NSS 2 Buglink: https://bugzilla.suse.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1192891 Reported-by: Goldwyn Rodrigues <rgoldwyn@suse.com> Signed-off-by: Ping-Ke Shih <pkshih@realtek.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220103013623.17052-1-pkshih@realtek.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
57553c3a |
|
30-Nov-2021 |
P Praneesh <quic_ppranees@quicinc.com> |
mac80211: fix FEC flag in radio tap header In mac80211, while building radiotap header IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FEC flag is missing when LDPC enabled from driver, hence LDPC is not updated properly in radiotap header. Fix that by adding HAVE_FEC flag while building radiotap header. Signed-off-by: P Praneesh <quic_ppranees@quicinc.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1638294648-844-2-git-send-email-quic_ppranees@quicinc.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
942bd107 |
|
22-Nov-2021 |
Xing Song <xing.song@mediatek.com> |
mac80211: set up the fwd_skb->dev for mesh forwarding Mesh forwarding requires that the fwd_skb->dev is set up for TX handling, otherwise the following warning will be generated, so set it up for the pending frames. [ 72.835674 ] WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 1193 at __skb_flow_dissect+0x284/0x1298 [ 72.842379 ] Modules linked in: ksmbd pppoe ppp_async l2tp_ppp ... [ 72.962020 ] CPU: 0 PID: 1193 Comm: kworker/u5:1 Tainted: P S 5.4.137 #0 [ 72.969938 ] Hardware name: MT7622_MT7531 RFB (DT) [ 72.974659 ] Workqueue: napi_workq napi_workfn [ 72.979025 ] pstate: 60000005 (nZCv daif -PAN -UAO) [ 72.983822 ] pc : __skb_flow_dissect+0x284/0x1298 [ 72.988444 ] lr : __skb_flow_dissect+0x54/0x1298 [ 72.992977 ] sp : ffffffc010c738c0 [ 72.996293 ] x29: ffffffc010c738c0 x28: 0000000000000000 [ 73.001615 ] x27: 000000000000ffc2 x26: ffffff800c2eb818 [ 73.006937 ] x25: ffffffc010a987c8 x24: 00000000000000ce [ 73.012259 ] x23: ffffffc010c73a28 x22: ffffffc010a99c60 [ 73.017581 ] x21: 000000000000ffc2 x20: ffffff80094da800 [ 73.022903 ] x19: 0000000000000000 x18: 0000000000000014 [ 73.028226 ] x17: 00000000084d16af x16: 00000000d1fc0bab [ 73.033548 ] x15: 00000000715f6034 x14: 000000009dbdd301 [ 73.038870 ] x13: 00000000ea4dcbc3 x12: 0000000000000040 [ 73.044192 ] x11: 000000000eb00ff0 x10: 0000000000000000 [ 73.049513 ] x9 : 000000000eb00073 x8 : 0000000000000088 [ 73.054834 ] x7 : 0000000000000000 x6 : 0000000000000001 [ 73.060155 ] x5 : 0000000000000000 x4 : 0000000000000000 [ 73.065476 ] x3 : ffffffc010a98000 x2 : 0000000000000000 [ 73.070797 ] x1 : 0000000000000000 x0 : 0000000000000000 [ 73.076120 ] Call trace: [ 73.078572 ] __skb_flow_dissect+0x284/0x1298 [ 73.082846 ] __skb_get_hash+0x7c/0x228 [ 73.086629 ] ieee80211_txq_may_transmit+0x7fc/0x17b8 [mac80211] [ 73.092564 ] ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb+0x20c/0x268 [mac80211] [ 73.098238 ] ieee80211_tx_pending+0x144/0x330 [mac80211] [ 73.103560 ] tasklet_action_common.isra.16+0xb4/0x158 [ 73.108618 ] tasklet_action+0x2c/0x38 [ 73.112286 ] __do_softirq+0x168/0x3b0 [ 73.115954 ] do_softirq.part.15+0x88/0x98 [ 73.119969 ] __local_bh_enable_ip+0xb0/0xb8 [ 73.124156 ] napi_workfn+0x58/0x90 [ 73.127565 ] process_one_work+0x20c/0x478 [ 73.131579 ] worker_thread+0x50/0x4f0 [ 73.135249 ] kthread+0x124/0x128 [ 73.138484 ] ret_from_fork+0x10/0x1c Signed-off-by: Xing Song <xing.song@mediatek.com> Tested-By: Frank Wunderlich <frank-w@public-files.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211123033123.2684-1-xing.song@mediatek.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
30f6cf96 |
|
12-Nov-2021 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: fix throughput LED trigger The codepaths for rx with decap offload and tx with itxq were not updating the counters for the throughput led trigger. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211113063415.55147-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c033a38a |
|
09-Nov-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix radiotap header generation In commit 8c89f7b3d3f2 ("mac80211: Use flex-array for radiotap header bitmap") we accidentally pointed the position to the wrong place, so we overwrite a present bitmap, and thus cause all kinds of trouble. To see the issue, note that the previous code read: pos = (void *)(it_present + 1); The requirement now is that we need to calculate pos via it_optional, to not trigger the compiler hardening checks, as: pos = (void *)&rthdr->it_optional[...]; Rewriting the original expression, we get (obviously, since that just adds "+ x - x" terms): pos = (void *)(it_present + 1 + rthdr->it_optional - rthdr->it_optional) and moving the "+ rthdr->it_optional" outside to be used as an array: pos = (void *)&rthdr->it_optional[it_present + 1 - rthdr->it_optional]; The original is off by one, fix it. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 8c89f7b3d3f2 ("mac80211: Use flex-array for radiotap header bitmap") Reported-by: Sid Hayn <sidhayn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Tested-by: Sid Hayn <sidhayn@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211109100203.c61007433ed6.I1dade57aba7de9c4f48d68249adbae62636fd98c@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
77dfc2bc |
|
31-Oct-2021 |
Xing Song <xing.song@mediatek.com> |
mac80211: do not access the IV when it was stripped ieee80211_get_keyid() will return false value if IV has been stripped, such as return 0 for IP/ARP frames due to LLC header, and return -EINVAL for disassociation frames due to its length... etc. Don't try to access it if it's not present. Signed-off-by: Xing Song <xing.song@mediatek.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211101024657.143026-1-xing.song@mediatek.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
68ba1131 |
|
27-Aug-2021 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> |
mac80211: check hostapd configuration parsing twt requests Check twt_responder in ieee80211_process_rx_twt_action routine in order to take into account the case where twt has been disabled in hostapd configuration. Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/516057fe4ca73ad257e8c2762e25f4b7872957fc.1630051438.git.lorenzo@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a6555f84 |
|
27-Aug-2021 |
YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com> |
mac80211: Drop frames from invalid MAC address in ad-hoc mode WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 9 at net/mac80211/sta_info.c:554 sta_info_insert_rcu+0x121/0x12a0 Modules linked in: CPU: 1 PID: 9 Comm: kworker/u8:1 Not tainted 5.14.0-rc7+ #253 Workqueue: phy3 ieee80211_iface_work RIP: 0010:sta_info_insert_rcu+0x121/0x12a0 ... Call Trace: ieee80211_ibss_finish_sta+0xbc/0x170 ieee80211_ibss_work+0x13f/0x7d0 ieee80211_iface_work+0x37a/0x500 process_one_work+0x357/0x850 worker_thread+0x41/0x4d0 If an Ad-Hoc node receives packets with invalid source MAC address, it hits a WARN_ON in sta_info_insert_check(), this can spam the log. Signed-off-by: YueHaibing <yuehaibing@huawei.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210827144230.39944-1-yuehaibing@huawei.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f5a4c24e |
|
23-Aug-2021 |
Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> |
mac80211: introduce individual TWT support in AP mode Introduce TWT action frames parsing support to mac80211. Currently just individual TWT agreement are support in AP mode. Whenever the AP receives a TWT action frame from an associated client, after performing sanity checks, it will notify the underlay driver with requested parameters in order to check if they are supported and if there is enough room for a new agreement. The driver is expected to set the agreement result and report it to mac80211. Drivers supporting this have two new callbacks: - add_twt_setup (mandatory) - twt_teardown_request (optional) mac80211 will send an action frame reply according to the result reported by the driver. Tested-by: Peter Chiu <chui-hao.chiu@mediatek.com> Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/257512f2e22ba42b9f2624942a128dd8f141de4b.1629741512.git.lorenzo@kernel.org [use le16p_replace_bits(), minor cleanups, use (void *) casts, fix to use ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap() correctly] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8c89f7b3 |
|
06-Aug-2021 |
Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> |
mac80211: Use flex-array for radiotap header bitmap In preparation for FORTIFY_SOURCE performing compile-time and run-time field bounds checking for memcpy(), memmove(), and memset(), avoid intentionally writing across neighboring fields. The it_present member of struct ieee80211_radiotap_header is treated as a flexible array (multiple u32s can be conditionally present). In order for memcpy() to reason (or really, not reason) about the size of operations against this struct, use of bytes beyond it_present need to be treated as part of the flexible array. Add a trailing flexible array and initialize its initial index via pointer arithmetic. Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210806215305.2875621-1-keescook@chromium.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5cafd378 |
|
06-Aug-2021 |
Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> |
mac80211: radiotap: Use BIT() instead of shifts IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_EXT has a value of 31, which means if shift was ever cast to 64-bit, the result would become sign-extended. As a matter of robustness, just replace all the open-coded shifts with BIT(). Suggested-by: David Sterba <dsterba@suse.cz> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20210728092323.GW5047@twin.jikos.cz/ Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org> Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210806215112.2874773-1-keescook@chromium.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ec61cd49 |
|
28-Jun-2021 |
Johan Almbladh <johan.almbladh@anyfinetworks.com> |
mac80211: Do not strip skb headroom on monitor frames When a monitor interface is present together with other interfaces, a received skb is copied and received on the monitor netdev. Before, the copied skb was allocated with exactly the amount of space needed for the radiotap header, resulting in an skb without any headroom at all being received on the monitor netdev. With the introduction of eBPF and XDP in the kernel, skbs may be processed by custom eBPF programs. However, since the skb cannot be reallocated in the eBPF program, no more data or headers can be pushed. The old code made sure the final headroom was zero regardless of the value of NET_SKB_PAD, so increasing that constant would have no effect. Now we allocate monitor skb copies with a headroom of NET_SKB_PAD bytes before the radiotap header. Monitor interfaces now behave in the same way as other netdev interfaces that honor the NET_SKB_PAD constant. Signed-off-by: Johan Almbladh <johan.almbladh@anyfinetworks.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210628123713.2070753-1-johan.almbladh@anyfinetworks.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2433647b |
|
23-Jun-2021 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> |
mac80211: Switch to a virtual time-based airtime scheduler This switches the airtime scheduler in mac80211 to use a virtual time-based scheduler instead of the round-robin scheduler used before. This has a couple of advantages: - No need to sync up the round-robin scheduler in firmware/hardware with the round-robin airtime scheduler. - If several stations are eligible for transmission we can schedule both of them; no need to hard-block the scheduling rotation until the head of the queue has used up its quantum. - The check of whether a station is eligible for transmission becomes simpler (in ieee80211_txq_may_transmit()). The drawback is that scheduling becomes slightly more expensive, as we need to maintain an rbtree of TXQs sorted by virtual time. This means that ieee80211_register_airtime() becomes O(logN) in the number of currently scheduled TXQs because it can change the order of the scheduled stations. We mitigate this overhead by only resorting when a station changes position in the tree, and hopefully N rarely grows too big (it's only TXQs currently backlogged, not all associated stations), so it shouldn't be too big of an issue. To prevent divisions in the fast path, we maintain both station sums and pre-computed reciprocals of the sums. This turns the fast-path operation into a multiplication, with divisions only happening as the number of active stations change (to re-compute the current sum of all active station weights). To prevent this re-computation of the reciprocal from happening too frequently, we use a time-based notion of station activity, instead of updating the weight every time a station gets scheduled or de-scheduled. As queues can oscillate between empty and occupied quite frequently, this can significantly cut down on the number of re-computations. It also has the added benefit of making the station airtime calculation independent on whether the queue happened to have drained at the time an airtime value was accounted. Co-developed-by: Yibo Zhao <yiboz@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Yibo Zhao <yiboz@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210623134755.235545-1-toke@redhat.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f057d140 |
|
17-May-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use sdata->skb_queue for TDLS We need to differentiate these frames since the ones we currently put on the skb_queue_tdls_chsw have already been converted to ethernet format, but now that we've got a single place to enqueue to the sdata->skb_queue this isn't hard. Just differentiate based on protocol and adjust the code to queue the SKBs appropriately. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210517230754.17034990abef.I5342f2183c0d246b18d36c511eb3b6be298a6572@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0044cc17 |
|
17-May-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: unify queueing SKB to iface We have a bunch of places that open-code the same to queue an SKB to an interface, unify that. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210517230754.113b65febd5a.Ie0e1d58a2885e75f242cb6e06f3b9660117fef93@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a9799541 |
|
09-Jun-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: drop multicast fragments These are not permitted by the spec, just drop them. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210609161305.23def022b750.Ibd6dd3cdce573dae262fcdc47f8ac52b883a9c50@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3edc6b0d |
|
11-May-2021 |
Wen Gong <wgong@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: extend protection against mixed key and fragment cache attacks For some chips/drivers, e.g., QCA6174 with ath10k, the decryption is done by the hardware, and the Protected bit in the Frame Control field is cleared in the lower level driver before the frame is passed to mac80211. In such cases, the condition for ieee80211_has_protected() is not met in ieee80211_rx_h_defragment() of mac80211 and the new security validation steps are not executed. Extend mac80211 to cover the case where the Protected bit has been cleared, but the frame is indicated as having been decrypted by the hardware. This extends protection against mixed key and fragment cache attack for additional drivers/chips. This fixes CVE-2020-24586 and CVE-2020-24587 for such cases. Tested-on: QCA6174 hw3.2 PCI WLAN.RM.4.4.1-00110-QCARMSWP-1 Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Wen Gong <wgong@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210511200110.037aa5ca0390.I7bb888e2965a0db02a67075fcb5deb50eb7408aa@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a8c4d76a |
|
11-May-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: do not accept/forward invalid EAPOL frames EAPOL frames are used for authentication and key management between the AP and each individual STA associated in the BSS. Those frames are not supposed to be sent by one associated STA to another associated STA (either unicast for broadcast/multicast). Similarly, in 802.11 they're supposed to be sent to the authenticator (AP) address. Since it is possible for unexpected EAPOL frames to result in misbehavior in supplicant implementations, it is better for the AP to not allow such cases to be forwarded to other clients either directly, or indirectly if the AP interface is part of a bridge. Accept EAPOL (control port) frames only if they're transmitted to the own address, or, due to interoperability concerns, to the PAE group address. Disable forwarding of EAPOL (or well, the configured control port protocol) frames back to wireless medium in all cases. Previously, these frames were accepted from fully authenticated and authorized stations and also from unauthenticated stations for one of the cases. Additionally, to avoid forwarding by the bridge, rewrite the PAE group address case to the local MAC address. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Co-developed-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210511200110.cb327ed0cabe.Ib7dcffa2a31f0913d660de65ba3c8aca75b1d10f@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7e44a0b5 |
|
11-May-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: prevent attacks on TKIP/WEP as well Similar to the issues fixed in previous patches, TKIP and WEP should be protected even if for TKIP we have the Michael MIC protecting it, and WEP is broken anyway. However, this also somewhat protects potential other algorithms that drivers might implement. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210511200110.430e8c202313.Ia37e4e5b6b3eaab1a5ae050e015f6c92859dbe27@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bf30ca92 |
|
11-May-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: check defrag PN against current frame As pointed out by Mathy Vanhoef, we implement the RX PN check on fragmented frames incorrectly - we check against the last received PN prior to the new frame, rather than to the one in this frame itself. Prior patches addressed the security issue here, but in order to be able to reason better about the code, fix it to really compare against the current frame's PN, not the last stored one. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210511200110.bfbc340ff071.Id0b690e581da7d03d76df90bb0e3fd55930bc8a0@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3a11ce08 |
|
11-May-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add fragment cache to sta_info Prior patches protected against fragmentation cache attacks by coloring keys, but this shows that it can lead to issues when multiple stations use the same sequence number. Add a fragment cache to struct sta_info (in addition to the one in the interface) to separate fragments for different stations properly. This then automatically clear most of the fragment cache when a station disconnects (or reassociates) from an AP, or when client interfaces disconnect from the network, etc. On the way, also fix the comment there since this brings us in line with the recommendation in 802.11-2016 ("An AP should support ..."). Additionally, remove a useless condition (since there's no problem purging an already empty list). Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210511200110.fc35046b0d52.I1ef101e3784d13e8f6600d83de7ec9a3a45bcd52@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
270032a2 |
|
11-May-2021 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: drop A-MSDUs on old ciphers With old ciphers (WEP and TKIP) we shouldn't be using A-MSDUs since A-MSDUs are only supported if we know that they are, and the only practical way for that is HT support which doesn't support old ciphers. However, we would normally accept them anyway. Since we check the MMIC before deaggregating A-MSDUs, and the A-MSDU bit in the QoS header is not protected in TKIP (or WEP), this enables attacks similar to CVE-2020-24588. To prevent that, drop A-MSDUs completely with old ciphers. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210511200110.076543300172.I548e6e71f1ee9cad4b9a37bf212ae7db723587aa@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a1d5ff56 |
|
11-May-2021 |
Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be> |
mac80211: properly handle A-MSDUs that start with an RFC 1042 header Properly parse A-MSDUs whose first 6 bytes happen to equal a rfc1042 header. This can occur in practice when the destination MAC address equals AA:AA:03:00:00:00. More importantly, this simplifies the next patch to mitigate A-MSDU injection attacks. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210511200110.0b2b886492f0.I23dd5d685fe16d3b0ec8106e8f01b59f499dffed@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
94034c40 |
|
11-May-2021 |
Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be> |
mac80211: prevent mixed key and fragment cache attacks Simultaneously prevent mixed key attacks (CVE-2020-24587) and fragment cache attacks (CVE-2020-24586). This is accomplished by assigning a unique color to every key (per interface) and using this to track which key was used to decrypt a fragment. When reassembling frames, it is now checked whether all fragments were decrypted using the same key. To assure that fragment cache attacks are also prevented, the ID that is assigned to keys is unique even over (re)associations and (re)connects. This means fragments separated by a (re)association or (re)connect will not be reassembled. Because mac80211 now also prevents the reassembly of mixed encrypted and plaintext fragments, all cache attacks are prevented. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210511200110.3f8290e59823.I622a67769ed39257327a362cfc09c812320eb979@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
965a7d72 |
|
11-May-2021 |
Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be> |
mac80211: assure all fragments are encrypted Do not mix plaintext and encrypted fragments in protected Wi-Fi networks. This fixes CVE-2020-26147. Previously, an attacker was able to first forward a legitimate encrypted fragment towards a victim, followed by a plaintext fragment. The encrypted and plaintext fragment would then be reassembled. For further details see Section 6.3 and Appendix D in the paper "Fragment and Forge: Breaking Wi-Fi Through Frame Aggregation and Fragmentation". Because of this change there are now two equivalent conditions in the code to determine if a received fragment requires sequential PNs, so we also move this test to a separate function to make the code easier to maintain. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210511200110.30c4394bb835.I5acfdb552cc1d20c339c262315950b3eac491397@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
183f47fc |
|
18-Feb-2021 |
Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de> |
kcov: Remove kcov include from sched.h and move it to its users. The recent addition of in_serving_softirq() to kconv.h results in compile failure on PREEMPT_RT because it requires task_struct::softirq_disable_cnt. This is not available if kconv.h is included from sched.h. It is not needed to include kconv.h from sched.h. All but the net/ user already include the kconv header file. Move the include of the kconv.h header from sched.h it its users. Additionally include sched.h from kconv.h to ensure that everything task_struct related is available. Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Andrey Konovalov <andreyknvl@google.com> Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20210218173124.iy5iyqv3a4oia4vv@linutronix.de
|
#
80a915ec |
|
18-Dec-2020 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: add rx decapsulation offload support This allows drivers to pass 802.3 frames to mac80211, with some restrictions: - the skb must be passed with a valid sta - fast-rx needs to be active for the sta - monitor mode needs to be disabled mac80211 will tell the driver when it is safe to enable rx decap offload for a particular station. In order to implement support, a driver must: - call ieee80211_hw_set(hw, SUPPORTS_RX_DECAP_OFFLOAD) - implement ops->sta_set_decap_offload - mark 802.3 frames with RX_FLAG_8023 If it doesn't want to enable offload for some vif types, it can mask out IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_DECAP_ENABLED in vif->offload_flags from within the .add_interface or .update_vif_offload driver ops Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201218184718.93650-6-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
622d3b4e |
|
18-Dec-2020 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: fix fast-rx encryption check When using WEP, the default unicast key needs to be selected, instead of the STA PTK. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201218184718.93650-5-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f879ac8e |
|
08-Dec-2020 |
Wen Gong <wgong@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: fix a mistake check for rx_stats update It should be !is_multicast_ether_addr() in ieee80211_rx_h_sta_process() for the rx_stats update, below commit remove the !, this patch is to change it back. It lead the rx rate "iw wlan0 station dump" become invalid for some scenario when IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS is set. Fixes: 09a740ce352e ("mac80211: receive and process S1G beacons") Signed-off-by: Wen Gong <wgong@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1607483189-3891-1-git-send-email-wgong@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
36ec144f |
|
13-Nov-2020 |
Lev Stipakov <lstipakov@gmail.com> |
net: mac80211: use core API for updating TX/RX stats Commits d3fd65484c781 ("net: core: add dev_sw_netstats_tx_add") 451b05f413d3f ("net: netdevice.h: sw_netstats_rx_add helper) have added API to update net device per-cpu TX/RX stats. Use core API instead of ieee80211_tx/rx_stats(). Signed-off-by: Lev Stipakov <lev@openvpn.net> Reviewed-by: Heiner Kallweit <hkallweit1@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201113214623.144663-1-lev@openvpn.net Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
70d9c599 |
|
09-Nov-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove WDS-related code Now that all the mac80211-based drivers have removed WDS code and in particular the ability to advertise such devices, also remove all the code related to WDS here. Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20201109105103.38960c413d46.I3603c90a44562d847c39d15d5ff33d8c00df5834@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
261e411b |
|
29-Oct-2020 |
Aleksandr Nogikh <nogikh@google.com> |
mac80211: add KCOV remote annotations to incoming frame processing Add KCOV remote annotations to ieee80211_iface_work() and ieee80211_rx_list(). This will enable coverage-guided fuzzing of mac80211 code that processes incoming 802.11 frames. Signed-off-by: Aleksandr Nogikh <nogikh@google.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kuba@kernel.org>
|
#
09a740ce |
|
21-Sep-2020 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> |
mac80211: receive and process S1G beacons S1G beacons are 802.11 Extension Frames, so the fixed header part differs from regular beacons. Add a handler to process S1G beacons and abstract out the fetching of BSSID and element start locations in the beacon body handler. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200922022818.15855-14-thomas@adapt-ip.com [don't rename, small coding style cleanups] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cd418ba6 |
|
21-Sep-2020 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> |
mac80211: convert S1G beacon to scan results This commit finds the correct offset for Information Elements in S1G beacon frames so they can be reported in scan results. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200922022818.15855-8-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9abf4e49 |
|
08-Sep-2020 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: optimize station connection monitor Calling mod_timer for every rx/tx packet can be quite expensive. Instead of constantly updating the timer, we can simply let it run out and check the timestamp of the last ACK or rx packet to re-arm it. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-9-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cc20ff2c |
|
08-Sep-2020 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: swap NEED_TXPROCESSING and HW_80211_ENCAP tx flags In order to unify the tx status path, the hw 802.11 encapsulation flag needs to survive the trip to the tx status call. Since we don't have any free bits in info->flags, we need to move one. IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING is only used internally in mac80211, and only before the call into the driver. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200908123702.88454-10-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
412a84b5 |
|
10-Sep-2020 |
Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: Fix radiotap header channel flag for 6GHz band Radiotap header field 'Channel flags' has '2 GHz spectrum' set to 'true' for 6GHz packet. Change it to 5GHz as there isn't a separate option available for 6GHz. Signed-off-by: Aloka Dixit <alokad@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/010101747ab7b703-1d7c9851-1594-43bf-81f7-f79ce7a67cc6-000000@us-west-2.amazonses.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c5d1686b |
|
26-Jul-2020 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: add a function for running rx without passing skbs to the stack This can be used to run mac80211 rx processing on a batch of frames in NAPI poll before passing them to the network stack in a large batch. This can improve icache footprint, or it can be used to pass frames via netif_receive_skb_list. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200726110611.46886-1-nbd@nbd.name Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
08aca29a |
|
23-Jul-2020 |
Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be> |
mac80211: remove unused flags argument in transmit functions The flags argument in transmit functions is no longer being used and can be removed. Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200723100153.31631-5-Mathy.Vanhoef@kuleuven.be Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fc0561dc |
|
07-Jul-2020 |
Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org> |
mac80211: Use fallthrough pseudo-keyword Replace the existing /* fall through */ comments and its variants with the new pseudo-keyword macro fallthrough[1]. Also, remove unnecessary fall-through markings when it is the case. [1] https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/process/deprecated.html?highlight=fallthrough#implicit-switch-case-fall-through Signed-off-by: Gustavo A. R. Silva <gustavoars@kernel.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200707204548.GA9320@embeddedor Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0b467b63 |
|
24-Jun-2020 |
Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de> |
mac80211: allow rx of mesh eapol frames with default rx key Without this patch, eapol frames cannot be received in mesh mode, when 802.1X should be used. Initially only a MGTK is defined, which is found and set as rx->key, when there are no other keys set. ieee80211_drop_unencrypted would then drop these eapol frames, as they are data frames without encryption and there exists some rx->key. Fix this by differentiating between mesh eapol frames and other data frames with existing rx->key. Allow mesh mesh eapol frames only if they are for our vif address. With this patch in-place, ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding continues after the ieee80211_drop_unencrypted check and notices, that these eapol frames have to be delivered locally, as they should. Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200625104214.50319-1-markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de [small code cleanups] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
59d4bfc1 |
|
05-Jun-2020 |
Flavio Suligoi <f.suligoi@asem.it> |
net: fix wiki website url mac80211 and wireless files In the files: - net/mac80211/rx.c - net/wireless/Kconfig the wiki url is still the old "wireless.kernel.org" instead of the new "wireless.wiki.kernel.org" Signed-off-by: Flavio Suligoi <f.suligoi@asem.it> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200605154112.16277-10-f.suligoi@asem.it Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c1129924 |
|
26-May-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix HT-Control field reception for management frames If we receive management frames with an HT-Control field, we cannot parse them properly, as we assume a fixed length management header. Since we don't even need the HTC field (for these frames, or really at all), just remove it at the beginning of RX. Reported-by: Haggai Abramovsky <haggai.abramovsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200526143346.cf5ce70521c5.I333251a084ec4cfe67b7ef7efe2d2f1a33883931@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1ea02224 |
|
26-May-2020 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow SA-QUERY processing in userspace As discussed with Mathy almost two years ago in http://lore.kernel.org/r/20180806224857.14853-1-Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be we should let userspace process SA-QUERY frames if it wants to, so that it can handle OCV (operating channel validation) which mac80211 doesn't know how to. Evidently I had been expecting Mathy to (re)send such a patch, but he never did, perhaps expecting me to do it after our discussion. In any case, this came up now with OCV getting more attention, so move the code around as discussed there to let userspace handle it, and do it properly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200526103131.1f9cf7e5b6db.Iae5b42b09ad2b1cbcbe13492002c43f0d1d51dfc@changeid Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e76fede8 |
|
30-Apr-2020 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> |
cfg80211: add KHz variants of frame RX API Drivers may wish to report the RX frequency in units of KHz. Provide cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz() and wrap it with cfg80211_rx_mgmt() so exisiting drivers which can't report KHz anyway don't need to change. Add a similar wrapper for cfg80211_report_obss_beacon() so the frequency units stay somewhat consistent. This doesn't actually change the nl80211 API yet. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200430172554.18383-2-thomas@adapt-ip.com [fix mac80211 calling the non-khz version of obss beacon report, drop trace point name changes] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3b23c184 |
|
01-Apr-2020 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> |
mac80211: add freq_offset to RX status RX status needs a KHz component, so add freq_offset. We can reduce the bits for the frequency since 60 GHz isn't supported. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200402011810.22947-5-thomas@adapt-ip.com [fix commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9eaf183a |
|
01-Apr-2020 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: Report beacon protection failures to user space Report received Beacon frames that do not have a valid MME MIC when beacon protection is enabled. This covers both the cases of no MME in the received frame and invalid MIC in the MME. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200401142548.6990-2-jouni@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7f3f96ce |
|
12-Mar-2020 |
Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de> |
mac80211: handle no-preauth flag for control port This patch adds support for disabling pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control port for mac80211. Signed-off-by: Markus Theil <markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200312091055.54257-3-markus.theil@tu-ilmenau.de [fix indentation slightly, squash feature enablement] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
253216ff |
|
23-Feb-2020 |
Madhuparna Bhowmik <madhuparnabhowmik10@gmail.com> |
mac80211: rx: avoid RCU list traversal under mutex local->sta_mtx is held in __ieee80211_check_fast_rx_iface(). No need to use list_for_each_entry_rcu() as it also requires a cond argument to avoid false lockdep warnings when not used in RCU read-side section (with CONFIG_PROVE_RCU_LIST). Therefore use list_for_each_entry(); Signed-off-by: Madhuparna Bhowmik <madhuparnabhowmik10@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200223143302.15390-1-madhuparnabhowmik10@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
af2d14b0 |
|
22-Feb-2020 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: Beacon protection using the new BIGTK (STA) This adds support for mac80211 to verify that received Beacon frames have a valid MME in station mode when a BIGTK is configured. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@codeaurora.org> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200222132548.20835-6-jouni@codeaurora.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c4d800dc |
|
31-Jan-2020 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
mac80211: Handle SMPS mode changes only in AP mode According to IEEE802.11 specifications the SM power save field in the HT capability IE and the HE extended capability IE is valid only in (re)association frames and should be ignored otherwise. Remove code paths that handled this also for non AP modes. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200131111300.891737-17-luca@coelho.fi Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
30b2f0be |
|
13-Jan-2020 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_is_any_nullfunc() commit 08a5bdde3812 ("mac80211: consider QoS Null frames for STA_NULLFUNC_ACKED") Fixed a bug where we failed to take into account a nullfunc frame can be either non-QoS or QoS. It turns out there is at least one more bug in ieee80211_sta_tx_notify(), introduced in commit 7b6ddeaf27ec ("mac80211: use QoS NDP for AP probing"), where we forgot to check for the QoS variant and so assumed the QoS nullfunc frame never went out Fix this by adding a helper ieee80211_is_any_nullfunc() which consolidates the check for non-QoS and QoS nullfunc frames. Replace existing compound conditionals and add a couple more missing checks for QoS variant. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@adapt-ip.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20200114055940.18502-3-thomas@adapt-ip.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
95697f99 |
|
04-Oct-2019 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: accept deauth frames in IBSS mode We can process deauth frames and all, but we drop them very early in the RX path today - this could never have worked. Fixes: 2cc59e784b54 ("mac80211: reply to AUTH with DEAUTH if sta allocation fails in IBSS") Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20191004123706.15768-2-luca@coelho.fi Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f8b43c5c |
|
27-Aug-2019 |
Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Correctly set noencrypt for PAE frames The noencrypt flag was intended to be set if the "frame was received unencrypted" according to include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h. However, the current behavior is opposite of this. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 018f6fbf540d ("mac80211: Send control port frames over nl80211") Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190827224120.14545-3-denkenz@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c8a41c6a |
|
27-Aug-2019 |
Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Don't memset RXCB prior to PAE intercept In ieee80211_deliver_skb_to_local_stack intercepts EAPoL frames if mac80211 is configured to do so and forwards the contents over nl80211. During this process some additional data is also forwarded, including whether the frame was received encrypted or not. Unfortunately just prior to the call to ieee80211_deliver_skb_to_local_stack, skb->cb is cleared, resulting in incorrect data being exposed over nl80211. Fixes: 018f6fbf540d ("mac80211: Send control port frames over nl80211") Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com> Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20190827224120.14545-2-denkenz@gmail.com Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d2912cb1 |
|
04-Jun-2019 |
Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> |
treewide: Replace GPLv2 boilerplate/reference with SPDX - rule 500 Based on 2 normalized pattern(s): this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the gnu general public license version 2 as published by the free software foundation this program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the gnu general public license version 2 as published by the free software foundation # extracted by the scancode license scanner the SPDX license identifier GPL-2.0-only has been chosen to replace the boilerplate/reference in 4122 file(s). Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Reviewed-by: Enrico Weigelt <info@metux.net> Reviewed-by: Kate Stewart <kstewart@linuxfoundation.org> Reviewed-by: Allison Randal <allison@lohutok.net> Cc: linux-spdx@vger.kernel.org Link: https://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190604081206.933168790@linutronix.de Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
|
#
588f7d39 |
|
13-Feb-2019 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: drop robust management frames from unknown TA When receiving a robust management frame, drop it if we don't have rx->sta since then we don't have a security association and thus couldn't possibly validate the frame. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
96fc6efb |
|
19-Mar-2019 |
Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> |
mac80211: IEEE 802.11 Extended Key ID support Add support for Extended Key ID as defined in IEEE 802.11-2016. - Implement the nl80211 API for Extended Key ID - Extend mac80211 API to allow drivers to support Extended Key ID - Enable Extended Key ID by default for drivers only supporting SW crypto (e.g. mac80211_hwsim) - Allow unicast Tx usage to be supressed (IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX) - Select the decryption key based on the MPDU keyid - Enforce existing assumptions in the code that rekeys don't change the cipher Signed-off-by: Alexander Wetzel <alexander@wetzel-home.de> [remove module parameter] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b49c15e1 |
|
18-Mar-2019 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: un-schedule TXQs on powersave start Once a station enters powersave, its queues should not be returned by ieee80211_next_txq() anymore. They will be re-scheduled again after the station has woken up again Fixes: 1866760096bf4 ("mac80211: Add TXQ scheduling API") Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Acked-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
51d0af22 |
|
22-Feb-2019 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: allocate tailroom for forwarded mesh packets Forwarded packets enter the tx path through ieee80211_add_pending_skb, which skips the ieee80211_skb_resize call. Fixes WARN_ON in ccmp_encrypt_skb and resulting packet loss. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c15353be |
|
06-Feb-2019 |
Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix position of vendor_data read The ieee80211_vendor_radiotap was read from the beginning of the skb->data regardless of the existence of other elements in radiotap that would cause it to move to another position. Fix this by taking into account where it really should be. Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7c53eb5d |
|
24-Jan-2019 |
Mathieu Malaterre <malat@debian.org> |
mac80211: Add attribute aligned(2) to struct 'action' During refactor in commit 9e478066eae4 ("mac80211: fix MU-MIMO follow-MAC mode") a new struct 'action' was declared with packed attribute as: struct { struct ieee80211_hdr_3addr hdr; u8 category; u8 action_code; } __packed action; But since struct 'ieee80211_hdr_3addr' is declared with an aligned keyword as: struct ieee80211_hdr { __le16 frame_control; __le16 duration_id; u8 addr1[ETH_ALEN]; u8 addr2[ETH_ALEN]; u8 addr3[ETH_ALEN]; __le16 seq_ctrl; u8 addr4[ETH_ALEN]; } __packed __aligned(2); Solve the ambiguity of placing aligned structure in a packed one by adding the aligned(2) attribute to struct 'action'. This removes the following warning (W=1): net/mac80211/rx.c:234:2: warning: alignment 1 of 'struct <anonymous>' is less than 2 [-Wpacked-not-aligned] Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Suggested-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Mathieu Malaterre <malat@debian.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a0dc0203 |
|
17-Jan-2019 |
Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> |
mac80211: fix miscounting of ttl-dropped frames In ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding, we increment the 'dropped_frames_ttl' counter when we decrement the ttl to zero. For unicast frames destined for other hosts, we stop processing the frame at that point. For multicast frames, we do not rebroadcast it in this case, but we do pass the frame up the stack to process it on this STA. That doesn't match the usual definition of "dropped," so don't count those as such. With this change, something like `ping6 -i0.2 ff02::1%mesh0` from a peer in a ttl=1 network no longer increments the counter rapidly. Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bobcopeland@fb.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d359bbce |
|
15-Dec-2018 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
mac80211: Properly access radiotap vendor data The radiotap vendor data might be placed after some other radiotap elements, and thus when accessing it, need to access the correct offset in the skb data. Fix the code accordingly. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
efc38dd7 |
|
15-Dec-2018 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix radiotap vendor presence bitmap handling Due to the alignment handling, it actually matters where in the code we add the 4 bytes for the presence bitmap to the length; the first field is the timestamp with 8 byte alignment so we need to add the space for the extra vendor namespace presence bitmap *before* we do any alignment for the fields. Move the presence bitmap length accounting to the right place to fix the alignment for the data properly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8020919a |
|
15-Dec-2018 |
Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> |
mac80211: Properly handle SKB with radiotap only The monitor interface Rx handling of SKBs that contain only radiotap information was buggy as it tried to access the SKB assuming it contains a frame. To fix this, check the RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU flag in the Rx status (indicting that the SKB contains only radiotap information), and do not perform data path specific processing when the flag is set. Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
990d7184 |
|
03-Dec-2018 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: ignore NullFunc frames in the duplicate detection NullFunc packets should never be duplicate just like QoS-NullFunc packets. We saw a client that enters / exits power save with NullFunc frames (and not with QoS-NullFunc) despite the fact that the association supports HT. This specific client also re-uses a non-zero sequence number for different NullFunc frames. At some point, the client had to send a retransmission of the NullFunc frame and we dropped it, leading to a misalignment in the power save state. Fix this by never consider a NullFunc frame as duplicate, just like we do for QoS NullFunc frames. This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=201449 CC: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c752cac9 |
|
22-Oct-2018 |
Yan-Hsuan Chuang <yhchuang@realtek.com> |
mac80211: fix GFP_KERNEL under tasklet context cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify needs a gfp_t flag to hint the nl80211 stack when allocating new skb, but it is called under tasklet context here with GFP_KERNEL and kernel will yield a warning about it. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: ff84e7bfe176 ("mac80211: Add support to notify ht/vht opmode modification.") Signed-off-by: Yan-Hsuan Chuang <yhchuang@realtek.com> ACKed-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
42dca5ef |
|
09-Oct-2018 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: avoid reflecting frames back to the client I'm not really sure exactly _why_ I've been carrying a note for what's probably _years_ to check that we don't do this, but we clearly do reflect frames back to the station itself if it sends such. One way or the other, it's useless since the station doesn't really need the AP to talk to itself, so suppress it. While at it, clarify some of the logic by removing skb->data references in favour of the destination address (pointer) we already have separately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7957a9de |
|
06-Aug-2018 |
David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> |
mac80211: Don't access sk_queue_head->next directly. Use __skb_peek() instead. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
c3d1f875 |
|
04-Sep-2018 |
Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> |
mac80211: support reporting 0-length PSDU in radiotap For certain sounding frames, it may be useful to report them to userspace even though they don't have a PSDU in order to determine the PHY parameters (e.g. VHT rate/stream config.) Add support for this to mac80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d1332e7b |
|
31-Aug-2018 |
Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> |
mac80211: support radiotap L-SIG data As before with HE, the data needs to be provided by the driver in the skb head, since there's not enough space in the skb CB. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Shaul Triebitz <shaul.triebitz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
adf8ed01 |
|
31-Aug-2018 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add an optional TXQ for other PS-buffered frames Some drivers may want to also use the TXQ abstraction with non-data packets that need powersave buffering, so add a hardware flag to allow this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
331aead5 |
|
31-Aug-2018 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use le16_encode_bits() instead of open-coding Instead of open-coding the equivalent of le16_encode_bits(), just use that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1ecef20c |
|
28-Aug-2018 |
Sathishkumar Muruganandam <murugana@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: add missing WFA Multi-AP backhaul STA Rx requirement The current mac80211 WDS (4-address mode) can be used to cover most of the Multi-AP requirements for Data frames per the WFA Multi-AP Specification v1.0. When configuring AP/STA interfaces in 4-address mode, they are able to function as fronthaul AP/backhaul STA of Multi-AP device complying below Tx, Rx requirements except one missing STA Rx requirement added by this patch. Multi-AP specification section 14.1 describes the following requirements: Transmitter requirements ------------------------ 1. Fronthaul AP i) When DA!=RA of backhaul STA, must use 4-address format ii) When DA==RA of backhaul STA, shall use either 3-address or 4-address format with RA updated with STA MAC (mac80211 support 4-address format via AP/VLAN interface) 2. Backhaul STA i) When SA!=TA of backhaul STA, must use 4-address format ii) When SA==TA of backhaul STA, shall use either 3-address or 4-address format with RA updated with AP MAC (mac80211 support 4-address format via use_4addr) Receiver requirements --------------------- 1. Fronthaul AP i) When SA!=TA of backhaul STA, must support receiving 4-address format frames ii) When SA==TA of backhaul STA, must support receiving both 3-address and 4-address format frames (mac80211 support both 3-addr & 4-addr via AP/VLAN interface) 2. Backhaul STA i) When DA!=RA of backhaul STA, must support receiving 4-address format frames ii) When DA==RA of backhaul STA, must support receiving both 3-address and 4-address format frames (mac80211 support only receiving 4-address format via use_4addr) This patch addresses the above Rx requirement (ii) for backhaul STA to receive unicast (DA==RA) 3-address frames in addition to 4-address frames. The current design doesn't accept 3-address frames when configured in 4-address mode (use_4addr). Hence add a check to allow 3-address frames when DA==RA of backhaul STA (adhering to Table 9-26 of IEEE Std 802.11™-2016). This case was tested with a bridged station interface when associated with a non-mac80211 based vendor AP implementation using 3-address frames for WDS. STA was able to support the Multi-AP Rx requirement when DA==RA. No issues, no loops seen when tested with mac80211 based AP as well. Verified and confirmed all other Tx and Rx requirements of AP and STA for Multi-AP respectively. They all work using the current mac80211-WDS design. Signed-off-by: Sathishkumar Muruganandam <murugana@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
20932750 |
|
20-Aug-2018 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't update the PM state of a peer upon a multicast frame I changed the way mac80211 updates the PM state of the peer. I forgot that we could also have multicast frames from the peer and that those frame should of course not change the PM state of the peer: A peer goes to power save when it needs to scan, but it won't send the broadcast Probe Request with the PM bit set. This made us mark the peer as awake when it wasn't and then Intel's firmware would fail to transmit because the peer is asleep according to its database. The driver warned about this and it looked like this: WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 184 at /usr/src/linux-4.16.14/drivers/net/wireless/intel/iwlwifi/mvm/tx.c:1369 iwl_mvm_rx_tx_cmd+0x53b/0x860 CPU: 0 PID: 184 Comm: irq/124-iwlwifi Not tainted 4.16.14 #1 RIP: 0010:iwl_mvm_rx_tx_cmd+0x53b/0x860 Call Trace: iwl_pcie_rx_handle+0x220/0x880 iwl_pcie_irq_handler+0x6c9/0xa20 ? irq_forced_thread_fn+0x60/0x60 ? irq_thread_dtor+0x90/0x90 The relevant code that spits the WARNING is: case TX_STATUS_FAIL_DEST_PS: /* the FW should have stopped the queue and not * return this status */ WARN_ON(1); info->flags |= IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED; This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=199967. Fixes: 9fef65443388 ("mac80211: always update the PM state of a peer on MGMT / DATA frames") Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> #4.16+ Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a948f713 |
|
03-Jul-2018 |
Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com> |
nl80211/mac80211: allow non-linear skb in rx_control_port The current implementation of cfg80211_rx_control_port assumed that the caller could provide a contiguous region of memory for the control port frame to be sent up to userspace. Unfortunately, many drivers produce non-linear skbs, especially for data frames. This resulted in userspace getting notified of control port frames with correct metadata (from address, port, etc) yet garbage / nonsense contents, resulting in bad handshakes, disconnections, etc. mac80211 linearizes skbs containing management frames. But it didn't seem worthwhile to do this for control port frames. Thus the signature of cfg80211_rx_control_port was changed to take the skb directly. nl80211 then takes care of obtaining control port frame data directly from the (linear | non-linear) skb. The caller is still responsible for freeing the skb, cfg80211_rx_control_port does not take ownership of it. Fixes: 6a671a50f819 ("nl80211: Add CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME API") Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com> [fix some kernel-doc formatting, add fixes tag] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
41cbb0f5 |
|
09-Jun-2018 |
Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: add support for HE Add support for HE in mac80211 conforming with P802.11ax_D1.4. Johannes: Fix another bug with the buf_size comparison in agg-rx.c. Signed-off-by: Liad Kaufman <liad.kaufman@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <idox.yariv@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b9771d41 |
|
28-May-2018 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support scan features for improved scan privacy Support the new random SN and minimal probe request contents scan flags for the case of software scan - for hardware scan the drivers need to opt in, but may need to do only that, depending on their implementation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
#
c096b92a |
|
20-Apr-2018 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: rename rtap_vendor_space to rtap_space Since all the HE data won't fit into struct ieee80211_rx_status, we'll (have to) move that into the SKB proper. This means we'll need to skip over more things in the future, so rename this to remove the vendor-only notion from it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
018f6fbf |
|
25-Mar-2018 |
Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Send control port frames over nl80211 If userspace requested control port frames to go over 80211, then do so. The control packets are intercepted just prior to delivery of the packet to the underlying network device. Pre-authentication type frames (protocol: 0x88c7) are also forwarded over nl80211. Signed-off-by: Denis Kenzior <denkenz@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
97f5f425 |
|
27-Mar-2018 |
tamizhr@codeaurora.org <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: Use proper chan_width enum in sta opmode event Bandwidth change value reported via nl80211 contains mac80211 specific enum value(ieee80211_sta_rx_bw) and which is not understand by userspace application. Map the mac80211 specific value to nl80211_chan_width enum value to avoid using wrong value in the userspace application. And used station's ht/vht capability to map IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 and IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160 with proper nl80211 value. Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
57566b20 |
|
27-Mar-2018 |
tamizhr@codeaurora.org <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: Use proper smps_mode enum in sta opmode event SMPS_MODE change value notified via nl80211 contains mac80211 specific value(ieee80211_smps_mode) and user space application will not know those values. This patch add support to map the mac80211 enum value to nl80211_smps_mode which will be understood by the userspace application. Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1ad22fb5 |
|
14-Mar-2018 |
Tosoni <jp.tosoni@acksys.fr> |
mac80211: inform wireless layer when frame RSSI is invalid When the low-level driver returns an invalid RSSI indication, set the signal value to 0 as an indication to the upper layer. Also, skip average level computation if signal is invalid. Signed-off-by: Jean Pierre TOSONI <jp.tosoni@acksys.fr> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0c3d5a96 |
|
12-Mar-2018 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
net: drivers/net: Remove unnecessary skb_copy_expand OOM messages skb_copy_expand without __GFP_NOWARN already does a dump_stack on OOM so these messages are redundant. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
24bba078 |
|
27-Feb-2018 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: support A-MSDU in fast-rx Only works if the IV was stripped from packets. Create a smaller variant of ieee80211_rx_h_amsdu, which bypasses checks already done within the fast-rx context. In order to do so, update cfg80211's ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr() to take the offset between header and snap. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9251a473 |
|
23-Feb-2018 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: support station 4-addr mode fast-rx Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1d870162 |
|
23-Feb-2018 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: support fast-rx with incompatible PS capabilities when PS is disabled When powersave is disabled for the interface, we can do fast-rx anyway. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [fixed indentation on one line] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
59cae5b9 |
|
23-Feb-2018 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: support AP 4-addr mode fast-rx Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b323ac19 |
|
23-Feb-2018 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: drop frames with unexpected DS bits from fast-rx to slow path Fixes rx for 4-addr packets in AP mode. These may be used for setting up a 4-addr link for stations that are allowed to do so. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a1f2ba04c |
|
19-Feb-2018 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: add get TID helper Extracting the TID from the QOS header is common enough to justify helper. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7299d6f7 |
|
19-Feb-2018 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support reporting A-MPDU EOF bit value/known Support getting the EOF bit value reported from hardware and writing it out to radiotap. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ff84e7bf |
|
31-Jan-2018 |
tamizhr@codeaurora.org <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> |
mac80211: Add support to notify ht/vht opmode modification. This will add support to send an event to a userspace application whenever station advertise its ht/vht opmode modification through an action frame. Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <tamizhr@codeaurora.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
736a80bb |
|
04-Jan-2018 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: mesh: drop frames appearing to be from us If there are multiple mesh stations with the same MAC address, they will both get confused and start throwing warnings. Obviously in this case nothing can actually work anyway, so just drop frames that look like they're from ourselves early on. Reported-by: Gui Iribarren <gui@altermundi.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0973dd45 |
|
19-Dec-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
Revert "mac80211: Add airtime account and scheduling to TXQs" This reverts commit b0d52ad821843a6c5badebd80feef9f871904fa6. We need to revert the TXQ scheduling API due to conflicts with a new driver, and this depends on that API. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b0d52ad8 |
|
30-Oct-2017 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> |
mac80211: Add airtime account and scheduling to TXQs This adds airtime accounting and scheduling to the mac80211 TXQ scheduler. A new hardware flag, AIRTIME_ACCOUNTING, is added that drivers can set if they support reporting airtime usage of transmissions. When this flag is set, mac80211 will expect the actual airtime usage to be reported in the tx_time and rx_time fields of the respective status structs. When airtime information is present, mac80211 will schedule TXQs (through ieee80211_next_txq()) in a way that enforces airtime fairness between active stations. This scheduling works the same way as the ath9k in-driver airtime fairness scheduling. Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9fef6544 |
|
29-Oct-2017 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: always update the PM state of a peer on MGMT / DATA frames The 2016 version of the spec is more generic about when the AP should update the power management state of the peer: the AP shall update the state based on any management or data frames. This means that even non-bufferable management frames should be looked at to update to maintain the power management state of the peer. This can avoid problematic cases for example if a station disappears while being asleep and then re-appears. The AP would remember it as in power save, but the Authentication frame couldn't be used to set the peer as awake again. Note that this issues wasn't really critical since at some point (after the association) we would have removed the station and created another one with all the states cleared. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d58ff351 |
|
16-Jun-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
networking: make skb_push & __skb_push return void pointers It seems like a historic accident that these return unsigned char *, and in many places that means casts are required, more often than not. Make these functions return void * and remove all the casts across the tree, adding a (u8 *) cast only where the unsigned char pointer was used directly, all done with the following spatch: @@ expression SKB, LEN; typedef u8; identifier fn = { skb_push, __skb_push, skb_push_rcsum }; @@ - *(fn(SKB, LEN)) + *(u8 *)fn(SKB, LEN) @@ expression E, SKB, LEN; identifier fn = { skb_push, __skb_push, skb_push_rcsum }; type T; @@ - E = ((T *)(fn(SKB, LEN))) + E = fn(SKB, LEN) @@ expression SKB, LEN; identifier fn = { skb_push, __skb_push, skb_push_rcsum }; @@ - fn(SKB, LEN)[0] + *(u8 *)fn(SKB, LEN) Note that the last part there converts from push(...)[0] to the more idiomatic *(u8 *)push(...). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
59ae1d12 |
|
16-Jun-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
networking: introduce and use skb_put_data() A common pattern with skb_put() is to just want to memcpy() some data into the new space, introduce skb_put_data() for this. An spatch similar to the one for skb_put_zero() converts many of the places using it: @@ identifier p, p2; expression len, skb, data; type t, t2; @@ ( -p = skb_put(skb, len); +p = skb_put_data(skb, data, len); | -p = (t)skb_put(skb, len); +p = skb_put_data(skb, data, len); ) ( p2 = (t2)p; -memcpy(p2, data, len); | -memcpy(p, data, len); ) @@ type t, t2; identifier p, p2; expression skb, data; @@ t *p; ... ( -p = skb_put(skb, sizeof(t)); +p = skb_put_data(skb, data, sizeof(t)); | -p = (t *)skb_put(skb, sizeof(t)); +p = skb_put_data(skb, data, sizeof(t)); ) ( p2 = (t2)p; -memcpy(p2, data, sizeof(*p)); | -memcpy(p, data, sizeof(*p)); ) @@ expression skb, len, data; @@ -memcpy(skb_put(skb, len), data, len); +skb_put_data(skb, data, len); (again, manually post-processed to retain some comments) Reviewed-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
b080db58 |
|
16-Jun-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
networking: convert many more places to skb_put_zero() There were many places that my previous spatch didn't find, as pointed out by yuan linyu in various patches. The following spatch found many more and also removes the now unnecessary casts: @@ identifier p, p2; expression len; expression skb; type t, t2; @@ ( -p = skb_put(skb, len); +p = skb_put_zero(skb, len); | -p = (t)skb_put(skb, len); +p = skb_put_zero(skb, len); ) ... when != p ( p2 = (t2)p; -memset(p2, 0, len); | -memset(p, 0, len); ) @@ type t, t2; identifier p, p2; expression skb; @@ t *p; ... ( -p = skb_put(skb, sizeof(t)); +p = skb_put_zero(skb, sizeof(t)); | -p = (t *)skb_put(skb, sizeof(t)); +p = skb_put_zero(skb, sizeof(t)); ) ... when != p ( p2 = (t2)p; -memset(p2, 0, sizeof(*p)); | -memset(p, 0, sizeof(*p)); ) @@ expression skb, len; @@ -memset(skb_put(skb, len), 0, len); +skb_put_zero(skb, len); Apply it to the tree (with one manual fixup to keep the comment in vxlan.c, which spatch removed.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
769dc04d |
|
08-Jun-2017 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't look at the PM bit of BAR frames When a peer sends a BAR frame with PM bit clear, we should not modify its PM state as madated by the spec in 802.11-20012 10.2.1.2. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
699cb58c |
|
30-May-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: manage RX BA session offload without SKB queue Instead of using the SKB queue with the fake pkt_type for the offloaded RX BA session management, also handle this with the normal aggregation state machine worker. This also makes the use of this more reliable since it gets rid of the allocation of the fake skb. Combined with the previous patch, this finally allows us to get rid of the pkt_type hack entirely, so do that as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5667c86a |
|
14-May-2017 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: strictly check mesh address extension mode Mesh forwarding path checks for address extension mode to fetch appropriate proxied address and MPP address. Existing condition that looks for 6 address format is not strict enough so that frames with improper values are processed and invalid entries are added into MPP table. Fix that by adding a stricter check before processing the packet. Per IEEE Std 802.11s-2011 spec. Table 7-6g1 lists address extension mode 0x3 as reserved one. And also Table Table 9-13 does not specify 0x3 as valid address field. Fixes: 9b395bc3be1c ("mac80211: verify that skb data is present") Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qti.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8613c948 |
|
26-Apr-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: rename ieee80211_rx_status::vht_nss to just nss This field will need to be used again for HE, so rename it now. Again, mostly done with this spatch: @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_nss +status->nss @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_nss +status.nss Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
da6a4352 |
|
25-Apr-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: separate encoding/bandwidth from flags We currently use a lot of flags that are mutually incompatible, separate this out into actual encoding and bandwidth enum values. Much of this again done with spatch, with manual post-editing, mostly to add the switch statements and get rid of the conversions. @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_80 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_40 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_20MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_20 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_160 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_5 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ +status->bw = RATE_INFO_BW_10 @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT +status->encoding = RX_ENC_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status->enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_HT +status->encoding = RX_ENC_HT @@ expression status; @@ -status.enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT +status.encoding = RX_ENC_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status.enc_flags |= RX_ENC_FLAG_HT +status.encoding = RX_ENC_HT @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT) +(status->encoding == RX_ENC_HT) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT) +(status->encoding == RX_ENC_VHT) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_5) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_10) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_40) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_80) @@ expression status; @@ -(status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ) +(status->bw == RATE_INFO_BW_160) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7fdd69c5 |
|
26-Apr-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up rate encoding bits in RX status In preparation for adding support for HE rates, clean up the driver report encoding for rate/bandwidth reporting on RX frames. Much of this patch was done with the following spatch: @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & (RX_FLAG_HT | RX_FLAG_VHT) +status->enc_flags & (RX_ENC_FLAG_HT | RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT) @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_HT +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_HT +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_VHT +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_VHT +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_LDPC +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_LDPC +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->flag op RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->flag & RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status->enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ expression status; @@ -status->vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status->enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ assignment operator op; expression status, STBC; @@ -status->flag op STBC << RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +status->enc_flags op STBC << RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_SHORTPRE +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_HT +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_HT +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_40MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_40MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_SHORT_GI +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_HT_GF +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_VHT +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_VHT +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_VHT @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_STBC_MASK +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_LDPC +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_LDPC +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_10MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_10MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.flag op RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.flag & RX_FLAG_5MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_5MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_80MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_80MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_160MHZ +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_160MHZ @@ assignment operator op; expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag op RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status.enc_flags op RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ expression status; @@ -status.vht_flag & RX_VHT_FLAG_BF +status.enc_flags & RX_ENC_FLAG_BF @@ assignment operator op; expression status, STBC; @@ -status.flag op STBC << RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +status.enc_flags op STBC << RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT @@ @@ -RX_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT +RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e5f2e067 |
|
26-Apr-2017 |
Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> |
mac80211: make multicast variable a bool in ieee80211_accept_frame() The multicast variable in the ieee80211_accept_frame() function is treated as a boolean, but defined as int. Fix that. Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
127f60bf |
|
13-Apr-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: rewrite monitor mode delivery logic The monitor mode delivery logic makes it hard to add any kind of filtering in an efficient way, because the monitor SKB is created first and then passed to all interfaces. Rewrite the logic to create the monitor SKB the first time it's actually needed, and then keep delivering it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3018e947 |
|
20-Apr-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: reject ToDS broadcast data frames AP/AP_VLAN modes don't accept any real 802.11 multicast data frames, but since they do need to accept broadcast management frames the same is currently permitted for data frames. This opens a security problem because such frames would be decrypted with the GTK, and could even contain unicast L3 frames. Since the spec says that ToDS frames must always have the BSSID as the RA (addr1), reject any other data frames. The problem was originally reported in "Predicting, Decrypting, and Abusing WPA2/802.11 Group Keys" at usenix https://www.usenix.org/conference/usenixsecurity16/technical-sessions/presentation/vanhoef and brought to my attention by Jouni. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> -- Dave, I didn't want to send you a new pull request for a single commit yet again - can you apply this one patch as is? Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
f64331d5 |
|
13-Apr-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: keep a separate list of monitor interfaces that are up In addition to keeping monitor interfaces on the regular list of interfaces, keep those that are up and not in cooked mode on a separate list. This saves having to iterate all interfaces when delivering to monitor interfaces. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9e478066 |
|
13-Apr-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix MU-MIMO follow-MAC mode There are two bugs in the follow-MAC code: * it treats the radiotap header as the 802.11 header (therefore it can't possibly work) * it doesn't verify that the skb data it accesses is actually present in the header, which is mitigated by the first point Fix this by moving all of this out into a separate function. This function copies the data it needs using skb_copy_bits() to make sure it can be accessed if it's paged, and offsets that by the possibly present vendor radiotap header. This also makes all those conditions more readable. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
30841f5c |
|
11-Apr-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: drop frames too short for FCS earlier Instead of dropping such frames only when removing the monitor info, drop them earlier (keeping the warning) and simplify removing monitor info. While at it, make that function return void. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
19d19e96 |
|
27-Feb-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use driver-indicated transmitter STA only for data frames When I originally introduced using the driver-indicated station as an optimisation to avoid the hashtable lookup/iteration, of course it wasn't intended to really functionally change anything. I neglected, however, to take into account VLAN interfaces, which have the property that management and data frames are handled differently: data frames go directly to the station and the VLAN while management frames continue to be processed over the underlying/associated AP-type interface. As a consequence, when a driver used this optimisation for management frames and the user enabled VLANs, my change broke things since any management frames, particularly disassoc/deauth, were missed by hostapd. Fix this by restoring the original code path for non-data frames, they aren't critical for performance to begin with. This fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=194713. Big thanks goes to Jarek who bisected the issue and provided a very detailed bug report, including the crucial information that he was using VLANs in his configuration. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: 771e846bea9e ("mac80211: allow passing transmitter station on RX") Reported-and-tested-by: Jarek Kamiński <jarek@freeside.be> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b7540d8f |
|
06-Feb-2017 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't reorder frames with SN smaller than SSN When RX aggregation starts, transmitter may continue send frames with SN smaller than SSN until the AddBA response is received. However, the reorder buffer is already initialized at this point, which will cause the drop of such frames as duplicates since the head SN of the reorder buffer is set to the SSN, which is bigger. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0328edc7 |
|
20-Feb-2017 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix packet statistics for fast-RX When adding per-CPU statistics, which added statistics back to mac80211 for the fast-RX path, I evidently forgot to add the "stats->packets++" line. The reason for that is likely that I didn't see it since it's done in defragmentation for the regular RX path. Add the missing line to properly count received packets in the fast-RX case. Fixes: c9c5962b56c1 ("mac80211: enable collecting station statistics per-CPU") Reported-by: Oren Givon <oren.givon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
731977e9 |
|
24-Jan-2017 |
Amadeusz Sławiński <amadeusz.slawinski@tieto.com> |
mac80211: use helper function to access ieee802_1d_to_ac[] cleanup patch to make use of ieee80211_ac_from_tid() to retrieve ac from ieee802_1d_to_ac[] Signed-off-by: Amadeusz Sławiński <amadeusz.slawinski@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d2941df8 |
|
20-Oct-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: recalculate min channel width on VHT opmode changes When an associated station changes its VHT operating mode this can/will affect the bandwidth it's using, and consequently we must recalculate the minimum bandwidth we need to use. Failure to do so can lead to one of two scenarios: 1) we use a too high bandwidth, this is benign 2) we use a too narrow bandwidth, causing rate control and actual PHY configuration to be out of sync, which can in turn cause problems/crashes Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c38c39bf |
|
11-Jan-2017 |
Cedric Izoard <Cedric.Izoard@ceva-dsp.com> |
mac80211: Fix headroom allocation when forwarding mesh pkt This patch fix issue introduced by my previous commit that tried to ensure enough headroom was present, and instead broke it. When forwarding mesh pkt, mac80211 may also add security header, and it must therefore be taken into account in the needed headroom. Fixes: d8da0b5d64d5 ("mac80211: Ensure enough headroom when forwarding mesh pkt") Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
eeb0d56f |
|
14-Dec-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: implement multicast forwarding on fast-RX path In AP (or VLAN) mode, when unicast 802.11 packets are received, they might actually be multicast after conversion. In this case the fast-RX path didn't handle them properly to send them back to the wireless medium. Implement that by copying the SKB and sending it back out. The possible alternative would be to just punt the packet back to the regular (slow) RX path, but since we have almost all of the required code here already it's not so complicated to add here. Punting it back would also mean acquiring the spinlock, which would be bad for the stated purpose of the fast-RX path, to enable well-performing parallel RX. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d8da0b5d |
|
07-Dec-2016 |
Cedric Izoard <Cedric.Izoard@ceva-dsp.com> |
mac80211: Ensure enough headroom when forwarding mesh pkt When a buffer is duplicated during MESH packet forwarding, this patch ensures that the new buffer has enough headroom. Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
99cd2581 |
|
21-Nov-2016 |
Kirtika Ruchandani <kirtika.ruchandani@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Remove unused 'struct ieee80211_rx_status' ptr Commit 554891e63a29 introduced 'struct ieee80211_rx_status' in ieee80211_rx_h_defragment but did not use it. Compiling with W=1 gives the following warning, fix it. net/mac80211/rx.c: In function ‘ieee80211_rx_h_defragment’: net/mac80211/rx.c:1911:30: warning: variable ‘status’ set but not used [-Wunused-but-set-variable] Fixes: 554891e63a29 ("mac80211: move packet flags into packet") Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: Kirtika Ruchandani <kirtika@google.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f438ceb8 |
|
18-Oct-2016 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: uapsd_queues is in QoS IE order The uapsd_queue field is in QoS IE order and not in IEEE80211_AC_*'s order. This means that mac80211 would get confused between BK and BE which is certainly not such a big deal but needs to be fixed. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0aa419ec |
|
18-Oct-2016 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow the driver not to pass the tid to ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger iwlwifi will check internally that the tid maps to an AC that is trigger enabled, but can't know what tid exactly. Allow the driver to pass a generic tid and make mac80211 assume that a trigger frame was received. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
72f15d53 |
|
10-Oct-2016 |
Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de> |
mac80211: filter multicast data packets on AP / AP_VLAN This patch adds filtering for multicast data packets on AP_VLAN interfaces that have no authorized station connected and changes filtering on AP interfaces to not count stations assigned to AP_VLAN interfaces. This saves airtime and avoids waking up other stations currently authorized in this BSS. When using WPA, the packets dropped could not be decrypted by any station. The behaviour when there are no AP_VLAN interfaces is left unchanged. When there are AP_VLAN interfaces, this patch 1. adds filtering multicast data packets sent on AP_VLAN interfaces that have no authorized station connected. No filtering happens on 4addr AP_VLAN interfaces. 2. makes filtering of multicast data packets sent on AP interfaces depend on the number of authorized stations in this bss not assigned to an AP_VLAN interface. Therefore, a new num_mcast_sta counter is added for AP_VLAN interfaces. The existing one for AP interfaces is altered to not track stations assigned to an AP_VLAN interface. The new counter is exposed in debugfs. Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de> [reformat commit message a bit, unline ieee80211_vif_{inc,dec}_num_mcast] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e2b5227f |
|
05-Oct-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: validate DA/SA during A-MSDU decapsulation As pointed out by Michael Braun, we don't check inner L2 addresses during A-MSDU decapsulation, leading to the possibility that, for example, a station associated to an AP sends frames as though they came from somewhere else. Fix this problem by letting cfg80211 validate the addresses, as indicated by passing in the ones that need to be validated. Reported-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8b935ee2 |
|
05-Oct-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add ability to check DA/SA in A-MSDU decapsulation We should not accept arbitrary DA/SA inside A-MSDUs, it could be used to circumvent protections, like allowing a station to send frames and make them seem to come from somewhere else. Add the necessary infrastructure in cfg80211 to allow such checks, in further patches we'll start using them. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7f6990c8 |
|
05-Oct-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: let ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s() take only header-less SKB There's only a single case where has_80211_header is passed as true, which is in mac80211. Given that there's only simple code that needs to be done before calling it, export that function from cfg80211 instead and let mac80211 call it itself. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ea720935 |
|
05-Oct-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: discard multicast and 4-addr A-MSDUs In mac80211, multicast A-MSDUs are accepted in many cases that they shouldn't be accepted in: * drop A-MSDUs with a multicast A1 (RA), as required by the spec in 9.11 (802.11-2012 version) * drop A-MSDUs with a 4-addr header, since the fourth address can't actually be useful for them; unless 4-address frame format is actually requested, even though the fourth address is still not useful in this case, but ignored Accepting the first case, in particular, is very problematic since it allows anyone else with possession of a GTK to send unicast frames encapsulated in a multicast A-MSDU, even when the AP has client isolation enabled. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bb42f2d1 |
|
22-Sep-2016 |
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> |
mac80211: Move reorder-sensitive TX handlers to after TXQ dequeue The TXQ intermediate queues can cause packet reordering when more than one flow is active to a single station. Since some of the wifi-specific packet handling (notably sequence number and encryption handling) is sensitive to re-ordering, things break if they are applied before the TXQ. This splits up the TX handlers and fast_xmit logic into two parts: An early part and a late part. The former is applied before TXQ enqueue, and the latter after dequeue. The non-TXQ path just applies both parts at once. Because fragments shouldn't be split up or reordered, the fragmentation handler is run after dequeue. Any fragments are then kept in the TXQ and on subsequent dequeues they take precedence over dequeueing from the FQ structure. This approach avoids having to scatter special cases all over the place for when TXQ is enabled, at the cost of making the fast_xmit and TX handler code slightly more complex. Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk> [fix a few code-style nits, make ieee80211_xmit_fast_finish void, remove a useless txq->sta check] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cb3b7d87 |
|
20-Sep-2016 |
Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com> |
cfg80211: add start / stop NAN commands This allows user space to start/stop NAN interface. A NAN interface is like P2P device in a few aspects: it doesn't have a netdev associated to it. Add the new interface type and prevent operations that can't be executed on NAN interface like scan. Define several attributes that may be configured by user space when starting NAN functionality (master preference and dual band operation) Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
83e7e4ce |
|
19-Sep-2016 |
Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> |
mac80211: Use rhltable instead of rhashtable mac80211 currently uses rhashtable with insecure_elasticity set to true. The latter is because of duplicate objects. What's more, mac80211 walks the rhashtable chains by hand which is broken as rhashtable may contain multiple tables due to resizing or rehashing. This patch fixes it by converting it to the newly added rhltable interface which is designed for use with duplicate objects. With rhltable a lookup returns a list of objects instead of a single one. This is then fed into the existing for_each_sta_info macro. This patch also deletes the sta_addr_hash function since rhashtable defaults to jhash. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
53f24974 |
|
29-Aug-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: send delBA on unexpected BlockAck Request If we don't have a BA session, send delBA, as requested by the IEEE 802.11 spec. Apply the same limit of sending such a delBA only once as in the previous patch. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bfe40fa3 |
|
29-Aug-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: send delBA on unexpected BlockAck data frames When we receive data frames with ACK policy BlockAck, send delBA as requested by the 802.11 spec. Since this would be happening for every frame inside an A-MPDU if it's really received outside a session, limit it to a single attempt. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
99ee7cae |
|
29-Aug-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add support for radiotap timestamp field Use the existing device timestamp from the RX status information to add support for the new radiotap timestamp field. Currently only 32-bit counters are supported, but we also add the radiotap mactime where applicable. This new field allows more flexibility in where the timestamp is taken etc. The non-timestamp data in the field is taken from a new field in the hw struct. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
42bd20d9 |
|
29-Aug-2016 |
Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com> |
mac80211: add support for MU-MIMO air sniffer add support to MU-MIMO air sniffer according groupID: in monitor mode, use a given MU-MIMO groupID to monitor stations that belongs to that group using MU-MIMO. add support for following a station according to its MAC address using VHT MU-MIMO sniffer: the monitors wait until they get an action MU-MIMO notification frame, then parses it in order to find the groupID that corresponds to the given MAC address and monitors packets destined to that groupID using VHT MU-MIMO. Signed-off-by: Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d8212184 |
|
29-Aug-2016 |
Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com> |
mac80211: refactor monitor representation in sdata Insert the u32 monitor flags variable in a new structure that represents a monitor interface. This will allow to add more configuration variables to that structure which will happen in an upcoming change. Signed-off-by: Aviya Erenfeld <aviya.erenfeld@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Luca Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4e3f21bc |
|
11-Jul-2016 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> |
mac80211: fix check for buffered powersave frames with txq The logic was inverted here, set the bit if frames are pending. Fixes: ba8c3d6f16a1 ("mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation") Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
46f6b060 |
|
22-Jun-2016 |
Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Encrypt "Group addressed privacy" action frames Previously, the action frames to group address was not encrypted. But [1] "Table 8-38 Category values" indicates "Mesh" and "Multihop" category action frames should be encrypted (Group addressed privacy == yes). And the encyption key should be MGTK ([1] 10.13 Group addressed robust management frame procedures). So this patch modifies the code to make it suitable for spec. [1] IEEE Std 802.11-2012 Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
#
fa962b92 |
|
19-May-2016 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: implement fair queueing per txq mac80211's software queues were designed to work very closely with device tx queues. They are required to make use of 802.11 packet aggregation easily and efficiently. Due to the way 802.11 aggregation is designed it only makes sense to keep fair queuing as close to hardware as possible to reduce induced latency and inertia and provide the best flow responsiveness. This change doesn't translate directly to immediate and significant gains. End result depends on driver's induced latency. Best results can be achieved if driver keeps its own tx queue/fifo fill level to a minimum. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
46fa38e8 |
|
03-May-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow software PS-Poll/U-APSD with AP_LINK_PS When using RSS, frames might not be processed in the correct order, and thus AP_LINK_PS must be used; most likely with firmware keeping track of the powersave state, this is the case in iwlwifi now. In this case, the driver can use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to still have mac80211 manage powersave buffering. However, for U-APSD and PS-Poll this isn't sufficient. If the device can't manage that entirely on its own, mac80211's code should be used. To allow this, export two functions: ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger() and ieee80211_sta_pspoll(). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
57fbcce3 |
|
12-Apr-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: remove enum ieee80211_band This enum is already perfectly aliased to enum nl80211_band, and the only reason for it is that we get IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS out of it. There's no really good reason to not declare the number of bands in nl80211 though, so do that and remove the cfg80211 one. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c9c5962b |
|
31-Mar-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: enable collecting station statistics per-CPU If the driver advertises the new HW flag USE_RSS, make the station statistics on the fast-rx path per-CPU. This will enable calling the RX in parallel, only hitting locking or shared cachelines when the fast-RX path isn't available. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
49ddf8e6 |
|
31-Mar-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add fast-rx path The regular RX path has a lot of code, but with a few assumptions on the hardware it's possible to reduce the amount of code significantly. Currently the assumptions on the driver are the following: * hardware/driver reordering buffer (if supporting aggregation) * hardware/driver decryption & PN checking (if using encryption) * hardware/driver did de-duplication * hardware/driver did A-MSDU deaggregation * AP_LINK_PS is used (in AP mode) * no client powersave handling in mac80211 (in client mode) of which some are actually checked per packet: * de-duplication * PN checking * decryption and additionally packets must * not be A-MSDU (have been deaggregated by driver/device) * be data packets * not be fragmented * be unicast * have RFC 1042 header Additionally dynamically we assume: * no encryption or CCMP/GCMP, TKIP/WEP/other not allowed * station must be authorized * 4-addr format not enabled Some data needed for the RX path is cached in a new per-station "fast_rx" structure, so that we only need to look at this and the packet, no other memory when processing packets on the fast RX path. After doing the above per-packet checks, the data path collapses down to a pretty simple conversion function taking advantage of the data cached in the small fast_rx struct. This should speed up the RX processing, and will make it easier to reason about parallelizing RX (for which statistics will need to be per-CPU still.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0f9c5a61 |
|
31-Mar-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix RX u64 stats consistency on 32-bit platforms On 32-bit platforms, the 64-bit counters we keep need to be protected to be consistently read. Use the u64_stats_sync mechanism to do that. In order to not end up with overly long lines, refactor the tidstats assignments a bit. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4f6b1b3d |
|
31-Mar-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix last RX rate data consistency When storing the last_rate_* values in the RX code, there's nothing to guarantee consistency, so a concurrent reader could see, e.g. last_rate_idx on the new value, but last_rate_flag still on the old, getting completely bogus values in the end. To fix this, I lifted the sta_stats_encode_rate() function from my old rate statistics code, which encodes the entire rate data into a single 16-bit value, avoiding the consistency issue. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0be6ed13 |
|
31-Mar-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move averaged values out of rx_stats Move the averaged values out of rx_stats and into rx_stats_avg, to cleanly split them out. The averaged ones cannot be supported for parallel RX in a per-CPU fashion, while the other values can be collected per CPU and then combined/selected when needed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8ebaa5b0 |
|
31-Mar-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move semicolon out of CALL_RXH macro Move the semicolon, people typically assume that and once line already put a semicolon behind the "call". Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
de8f18d3 |
|
31-Mar-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: count MSDUs in A-MSDU properly For the RX MSDU statistics, we need to count the number of MSDUs created and accepted from an A-MSDU. Right now, all frames in any A-MSDUs were completely ignored. Fix this by moving the RX MSDU statistics accounting into the deliver function. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d63b548f |
|
31-Mar-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow passing transmitter station on RX Sometimes drivers already looked up, or know out-of-band from their device, which station transmitted a given RX frame. Allow them to pass the station pointer to mac80211 to save the extra lookup. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2c61cf9c |
|
17-Mar-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix cipher scheme function name The code is only used with iwlwifi, but still should have proper mac80211 naming scheme; fix that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
602fae42 |
|
17-Mar-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't start dynamic PS timer if not needed If the device implements dynamic PS itself, there's no need to ever start the dynamic powersave timer on RX. While at it, fix up some indentation in this code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d57a544d |
|
02-Mar-2016 |
Zhang Shengju <zhangshengju@cmss.chinamobile.com> |
mac80211: use reset to set header pointer Since offset is zero, it's not necessary to use set function. Reset function is straightforward, and will remove the unnecessary add operation in set function. Signed-off-by: Zhang Shengju <zhangshengju@cmss.chinamobile.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
1ec7bae8 |
|
29-Feb-2016 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80211: Fix Public Action frame RX in AP mode Public Action frames use special rules for how the BSSID field (Address 3) is set. A wildcard BSSID is used in cases where the transmitter and recipient are not members of the same BSS. As such, we need to accept Public Action frames with wildcard BSSID. Commit db8e17324553 ("mac80211: ignore frames between TDLS peers when operating as AP") added a rule that drops Action frames to TDLS-peers based on an Action frame having different DA (Address 1) and BSSID (Address 3) values. This is not correct since it misses the possibility of BSSID being a wildcard BSSID in which case the Address 1 would not necessarily match. Fix this by allowing mac80211 to accept wildcard BSSID in an Action frame when in AP mode. Fixes: db8e17324553 ("mac80211: ignore frames between TDLS peers when operating as AP") Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9acc54be |
|
26-Feb-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: check PN correctly for GCMP-encrypted fragmented MPDUs Just like for CCMP we need to check that for GCMP the fragments have PNs that increment by one; the spec was updated to fix this security issue and now has the following text: The receiver shall discard MSDUs and MMPDUs whose constituent MPDU PN values are not incrementing in steps of 1. Adapt the code for CCMP to work for GCMP as well, luckily the relevant fields already alias each other so no code duplication is needed (just check the aliasing with BUILD_BUG_ON.) Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ab1c7906 |
|
03-Feb-2016 |
Henning Rogge <hrogge@gmail.com> |
mac80211: let unused MPP table entries timeout Remember the last time when a mpp table entry is used for rx or tx and remove them after MESH_PATH_EXPIRE time. Acked-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <henning.rogge@fkie.fraunhofer.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
88665f5a |
|
02-Feb-2016 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: move A-MSDU skb_linearize call to ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s Prepararation for zero-copy A-MSDU support with page fragment SKBs Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
06470f74 |
|
28-Jan-2016 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: add API to allow filtering frames in BA sessions If any frames are dropped that are part of a BA session, the reorder buffer will "indefinitely" (until the timeout) wait for them to come in (or a BAR moving the window) and won't release frames after them. This means it isn't possible to filter frames within a BA session in firmware. Introduce an API function that allows such filtering. Calling this function will move the BA window forward to the new SSN, and allows marking frames after the SSN as having been filtered, so any future reordering activity will release frames while skipping the holes. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fb4ea054 |
|
28-Jan-2016 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: change ieee80211_rx_reorder_ready() arguments Clean up ieee80211_rx_reorder_ready() callers by passing the RX TID struct and the index, instead of the frames list. This will make it more extensible as well. While at it, move the inline to rx.c as it's only used there. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cf440128 |
|
25-Jan-2016 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: fix unnecessary frame drops in mesh fwding The ieee80211_queue_stopped() expects hw queue number but it was given raw WMM AC number instead. This could cause frame drops and problems with traffic in some cases - most notably if driver doesn't map AC numbers to queue numbers 1:1 and uses ieee80211_stop_queues() and ieee80211_wake_queue() only without ever calling ieee80211_wake_queues(). On ath10k it was possible to hit this problem in the following case: 1. wlan0 uses queue 0 (ath10k maps queues per vif) 2. offchannel uses queue 15 3. queues 1-14 are unused 4. ieee80211_stop_queues() 5. ieee80211_wake_queue(q=0) 6. ieee80211_wake_queue(q=15) (other queues are not woken up because both driver and mac80211 know other queues are unused) 7. ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding() 8. ieee80211_select_queue_80211() returns 2 9. ieee80211_queue_stopped(q=2) returns true 10. frame is dropped (oops!) Fixes: d3c1597b8d1b ("mac80211: fix forwarded mesh frame queue mapping") Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
17883048 |
|
11-Dec-2015 |
Grzegorz Bajorski <grzegorz.bajorski@tieto.com> |
mac80211: allow drivers to report (non-)monitor frames Some drivers offload some frames internally (e.g. AddBa). Reporting such frames to mac80211 would only confuse MLME. However it would be useful to be able to pass such frames to monitor interfaces for sniffing purposes, e.g. when running AP + monitor. To do that allow drivers to tell mac80211 whether a given frame should be: - processed but not delivered to any monitor vif - not processed but delievered to monitor vifs only Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Bajorski <grzegorz.bajorski@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f9cfa5f3 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: add flag for duplication check Add an option for driver to check for packet duplication by itself. This is needed for example by the iwlwifi driver which parallelizes the RX path and does the duplication check per queue. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
23a1f8d4 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> |
mac80211: process and save VHT MU-MIMO group frame The Group ID Management frame is an Action frame of category VHT. It is transmitted by the AP to assign or change the user position of a STA for one or more group IDs. Process and save the group membership data. Notify underlying driver of changes. Signed-off-by: Sara Sharon <sara.sharon@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cf1e05c6 |
|
08-Dec-2015 |
Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com> |
mac80211: handle width changes from opmode notification IE in beacon An AP can send an operating channel width change in a beacon opmode notification IE as long as there's a change in the nss as well (See 802.11ac-2013 section 10.41). So don't limit updating to nss only from an opmode notification IE. Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyalx.shapira@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
441275e1 |
|
05-Nov-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove string from unaligned packet warning This really should never happen except very early in the process of bringing up a new driver, at which point you'll have to add more debugging in the driver and this string isn't useful. Remove it and save some size (when it's even compiled in.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e5a9f8d0 |
|
16-Oct-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move station statistics into sub-structs Group station statistics by where they're (mostly) updated (TX, RX and TX-status) and group them into sub-structs of the struct sta_info. Also rename the variables since the grouping now makes it obvious where they belong. This makes it easier to identify where the statistics are updated in the code, and thus easier to think about them. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a732fa70 |
|
14-Oct-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up ieee80211_rx_h_check_dup code Reduce indentation a bit to make the condition more readable. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
40d9a38a |
|
12-Jul-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use DECLARE_EWMA Instead of using the out-of-line average calculation, use the new DECLARE_EWMA() macro to declare a signal EWMA, and use that. This actually *reduces* the code size slightly (on x86-64) while also reducing the station info size by 80 bytes. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cc117298 |
|
05-Aug-2015 |
Bertold Van den Bergh <bertold.vandenbergh@esat.kuleuven.be> |
mac80211: Only accept data frames in OCB mode Currently OCB mode accepts frames with bssid==broadcast and type!=beacon. Some non-data frames are sent matching this, for example probe responses. This results in unnecessary creation of STA entries. Signed-off-by: Bertold Van den Bergh <bertold.vandenbergh@esat.kuleuven.be> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c8ff71e6 |
|
08-Jul-2015 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: TDLS: handle chan-switch in RTNL locked work Move TDLS channel-switch Rx handling into an RTNL locked work. This is required to add proper regulatory checking to incoming channel-switch requests. Queue incoming requests in a dedicated skb queue and handle the request in a device-specific work to avoid deadlocking on interface removal. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e414eea7 |
|
15-Jun-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove IEEE80211_RX_FRAGMENTED There's a long-standing TODO item to use this flag in the cooked monitor RX, but clearly it was never needed and now this hasn't been used by userspace for a long time, so no userspace changes could require it now. Remove the unused flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
77c96404 |
|
12-Jun-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove key TX/RX counter This counter is inherently racy (since it can be incremented by RX as well as by concurrent TX) and only available in debugfs. Instead of fixing it to be per-CPU or similar, remove it for now. If needed it should be added without races and with proper nl80211, perhaps even addressing the threshold reporting TODO item that's been there since the code was originally added. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0c028b5f |
|
12-Jun-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove zero-length A-MPDU subframe reporting As there's no driver using this capability and reporting zero-length A-MPDU subframes for radiotap monitoring, remove the capability to free up two RX flags. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
af9f9b22 |
|
11-Jun-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't store napi struct When introducing multiple RX queues, a single NAPI struct will not be sufficient. Instead of trying to store multiple, simply change the API to have the NAPI struct passed to the RX function. This of course means that drivers using rx_irqsafe() cannot use NAPI, but that seems a reasonable trade-off, particularly since only two of all drivers are currently using it at all. While at it, we can now remove the IEEE80211_RX_REORDER_TIMER flag again since this code path cannot have a napi struct anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a6828493 |
|
16-Jun-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move ieee80211_get_bssid into RX file This function is only used in the RX code, so moving it into that file gives the compiler better optimisation possibilities and also allows us to remove the check for short frames (which in the RX path cannot happen, but as a generic utility needed to be checked.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9ad8b21b |
|
16-Jun-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove short frame test and counter Short frames less than 16 octets are already blocked in the monitor code by the should_drop_frame() function, and cannot get into the regular RX path. Therefore, this check can never trigger and the counter invariably stays zero. Remove the useless code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cf47161a |
|
16-Jun-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: rename 'sta_inf' variable to more common 'sta' We typically use 'sta' for the station info struct, and if needed 'pubsta' for the public (driver-visible) portion thereof. Do this in the ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() function. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
30686bf7 |
|
02-Jun-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: convert HW flags to unsigned long bitmap As we're running out of hardware capability flags pretty quickly, convert them to use the regular test_bit() style unsigned long bitmaps. This introduces a number of helper functions/macros to set and to test the bits, along with new debugfs code. The occurrences of an explicit __clear_bit() are intentional, the drivers were never supposed to change their supported bits on the fly. We should investigate changing this to be a per-frame flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
22d3a3c8 |
|
19-May-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't use napi_gro_receive() outside NAPI context No matter how the driver manages its NAPI context, there's no way sending frames to it from a timer can be correct, since it would corrupt the internal GRO lists. To avoid that, always use the non-NAPI path when releasing frames from the timer. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Reported-by: Jean Trivelly <jean.trivelly@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
c206ca67 |
|
22-Apr-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move dot11 counters under MAC80211_DEBUG_COUNTERS Since these counters can only be read through debugfs, there's very little point in maintaining them all the time. However, even just making them depend on debugfs is pointless - they're not normally used. Additionally a number of them aren't even concurrency safe. Move them under MAC80211_DEBUG_COUNTERS so they're normally not even compiled in. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f1160434 |
|
22-Apr-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up global debugfs statistics The debugfs statistics macros are pointlessly verbose, so change that macro to just have a single argument. While at it, remove the unused counters and rename rx_expand_skb_head2 to the better rx_expand_skb_head_defrag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b497de63 |
|
20-Apr-2015 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: notify the driver on reordering buffer timeout When frames time out in the reordering buffer, it is a good indication that something went wrong and the driver may want to know about that to take action or trigger debug flows. It is pointless to notify the driver about each frame that is released. Notify each time the timer fires. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6382246e |
|
20-Apr-2015 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: notify the driver upon BAR Rx When we receive a BAR, this typically means that our peer doesn't hear our Block-Acks or that we can't hear its frames. Either way, it is a good indication that the link is in a bad condition. This is why it can serve as a probe to the driver. Use the event_callback callback for this. Since more events with the same data will be added in the feature, the structure that describes the data attached to the event is called in a generic name: ieee80211_ba_event. This also means that from now on, the event_callback can't sleep. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5a490510 |
|
22-Apr-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use per-CPU TX/RX statistics This isn't all that relevant for RX right now, but TX can be concurrent due to multi-queue and the accounting is therefore broken. Use the standard per-CPU statistics to avoid this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6fe3eac7 |
|
22-Apr-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: OCB: remove pointless check for broadcast BSSID The OCB input path already checked that the BSSID is the broadcast address, so the later check can never fail. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a58fbe1a |
|
22-Apr-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up/rename prepare_for_handlers() The function really shouldn't be called prepare_for_handlers(), all it does is check if the frame should be dropped. Rename it to ieee80211_accept_frame() and clean it up a bit. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5c90067c |
|
22-Apr-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove IEEE80211_RX_RA_MATCH With promisc support gone, only AP and P2P-Device type interfaces still clear IEEE80211_RX_RA_MATCH. In both cases this isn't really necessary though, so we can remove that flag and the code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
df140465 |
|
22-Apr-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove support for IFF_PROMISC This support is essentially useless as typically networks are encrypted, frames will be filtered by hardware, and rate scaling will be done with the intended recipient in mind. For real monitoring of the network, the monitor mode support should be used instead. Removing it removes a lot of corner cases. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
17c18bf8 |
|
21-Mar-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add TX fastpath In order to speed up mac80211's TX path, add the "fast-xmit" cache that will cache the data frame 802.11 header and other data to be able to build the frame more quickly. This cache is rebuilt when external triggers imply changes, but a lot of the checks done per packet today are simplified away to the check for the cache. There's also a more detailed description in the code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ba8c3d6f |
|
27-Mar-2015 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add an intermediate software queue implementation This allows drivers to request per-vif and per-sta-tid queues from which they can pull frames. This makes it easier to keep the hardware queues short, and to improve fairness between clients and vifs. The task of scheduling packet transmission is left up to the driver - queueing is controlled by mac80211. Drivers can only dequeue packets by calling ieee80211_tx_dequeue. This makes it possible to add active queue management later without changing drivers using this code. This can also be used as a starting point to implement A-MSDU aggregation in a way that does not add artificially induced latency. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [resolved minor context conflict, minor changes, endian annotations] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
788211d8 |
|
01-Apr-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix RX A-MPDU session reorder timer deletion There's an issue with the way the RX A-MPDU reorder timer is deleted that can cause a kernel crash like this: * tid_rx is removed - call_rcu(ieee80211_free_tid_rx) * station is destroyed * reorder timer fires before ieee80211_free_tid_rx() runs, accessing the station, thus potentially crashing due to the use-after-free The station deletion is protected by synchronize_net(), but that isn't enough -- ieee80211_free_tid_rx() need not have run when that returns (it deletes the timer.) We could use rcu_barrier() instead of synchronize_net(), but that's much more expensive. Instead, to fix this, add a field tracking that the session is being deleted. In this case, the only re-arming of the timer happens with the reorder spinlock held, so make that code not rearm it if the session is being deleted and also delete the timer after setting that field. This ensures the timer cannot fire after ___ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session() returns, which fixes the problem. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
7bedd0cf |
|
13-Feb-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use rhashtable for station table We currently have a hand-rolled table with 256 entries and are using the last byte of the MAC address as the hash. This hash is obviously very fast, but collisions are easily created and we waste a lot of space in the common case of just connecting as a client to an AP where we just have a single station. The other common case of an AP is also suboptimal due to the size of the hash table and the ease of causing collisions. Convert all of this to use rhashtable with jhash, which gives us the advantage of a far better hash function (with random perturbation to avoid hash collision attacks) and of course that the hash table grows and shrinks dynamically with chain length, improving both cases above. Use a specialised hash function (using jhash, but with fixed length) to achieve better compiler optimisation as suggested by Sergey Ryazanov. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e8f4fb7c |
|
20-Mar-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove drop_unencrypted code This mechanism was historic, and only ever used by IBSS, which also doesn't need to have it as it properly manages station's 802.1X PAE state (or, with WEP, always has a key.) Remove the mechanism to clean up the code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
45ceeee8 |
|
16-Mar-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add comment for rx_path_lock Add a comment explaining how the RX path lock is used. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4cc0dba9 |
|
16-Mar-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move netdev stats to common function Move the netdev stats accounting into the common function ieee80211_deliver_skb() that is called in both places. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d0c22119 |
|
02-Mar-2015 |
Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> |
mac80211: drop unencrypted frames in mesh fwding The mesh forwarding path was not checking that data frames were protected when running an encrypted network; add the necessary check. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8ade538b |
|
24-Jan-2015 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80111: Add BIP-GMAC-128 and BIP-GMAC-256 ciphers This allows mac80211 to configure BIP-GMAC-128 and BIP-GMAC-256 to the driver and also use software-implementation within mac80211 when the driver does not support this with hardware accelaration. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
56c52da2 |
|
24-Jan-2015 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80111: Add BIP-CMAC-256 cipher This allows mac80211 to configure BIP-CMAC-256 to the driver and also use software-implementation within mac80211 when the driver does not support this with hardware accelaration. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2b2ba0db |
|
24-Jan-2015 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80111: Add CCMP-256 cipher This allows mac80211 to configure CCMP-256 to the driver and also use software-implementation within mac80211 when the driver does not support this with hardware accelaration. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> [squash ccmp256 -> mic_len argument change] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
00b9cfa3 |
|
24-Jan-2015 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> |
mac80111: Add GCMP and GCMP-256 ciphers This allows mac80211 to configure GCMP and GCMP-256 to the driver and also use software-implementation within mac80211 when the driver does not support this with hardware accelaration. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> [remove a spurious newline] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3d6dc343 |
|
23-Jan-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix per-TID RX-MSDU counter In the case of non-QoS association, the counter was actually wrong. The right index isn't security_idx but seqno_idx, as security_idx will be 0 for data frames, while 16 is needed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3a5c5e81 |
|
20-Jan-2015 |
Mathy Vanhoef <vanhoefm@gmail.com> |
mac80211: properly set CCK flag in radiotap Fix a regression introduced by commit a5e70697d0c4 ("mac80211: add radiotap flag and handling for 5/10 MHz") where the IEEE80211_CHAN_CCK channel type flag was incorrectly replaced by the IEEE80211_CHAN_OFDM flag. This commit fixes that by using the CCK flag again. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: a5e70697d0c4 ("mac80211: add radiotap flag and handling for 5/10 MHz") Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <vanhoefm@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f89903d5 |
|
15-Jan-2015 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove 80+80 MHz rate reporting These rates are treated the same as 160 MHz in the spec, so it makes no sense to distinguish them. As no driver uses them yet, this is also not a problem, just remove them. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
79c892b8 |
|
21-Nov-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: provide per-TID RX/TX MSDU counters Implement the new counters cfg80211 can now advertise to userspace. The TX code is in the sequence number handler, which is a bit odd, but that place already knows the TID and frame type, so it was easiest and least impact there. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1c45c5ce |
|
14-Dec-2014 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: update sta bw on ht chanwidth action frame Commit e1a0c6b ("mac80211: stop toggling IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40") mistakenly removed the actual update of sta->sta.bandwidth. Refactor ieee80211_sta_cur_vht_bw() into multiple functions (calculate caps-bw and chandef-bw separately, and min them with cur_max_bandwidth). On ht chanwidth action frame set only cur_max_bandwidth (according to the sta capabilities) and recalc the sta bw. Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliadx.peller@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d025933e |
|
11-Dec-2014 |
Andreas Müller <goo@stapelspeicher.org> |
mac80211: fix multicast LED blinking and counter As multicast-frames can't be fragmented, "dot11MulticastReceivedFrameCount" stopped being incremented after the use-after-free fix. Furthermore, the RX-LED will be triggered by every multicast frame (which wouldn't happen before) which wouldn't allow the LED to rest at all. Fixes https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=89431 which also had the patch. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Fixes: b8fff407a180 ("mac80211: fix use-after-free in defragmentation") Signed-off-by: Andreas Müller <goo@stapelspeicher.org> [rewrite commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
8a4d32f3 |
|
09-Nov-2014 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add TDLS channel-switch Rx flow When receiving a TDLS channel switch request or response, parse the frame and call a new tdls_recv_channel_switch op in the low level driver with the parsed data. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0395442a |
|
11-Nov-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: refactor duplicate detection Put duplicate detection into its own RX handler, and separate out the conditions a bit to make the code more readable. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1f7bba79 |
|
06-Nov-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add back support for radiotap vendor namespace data Radiotap vendor namespace data might still be useful, but we reverted it because it used too much space in the RX status. Put it back, but address the space problem by using a single bit only and putting everything else into the skb->data. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
239281f8 |
|
03-Nov-2014 |
Rostislav Lisovy <lisovy@gmail.com> |
mac80211: 802.11p OCB mode support This patch adds 802.11p OCB (Outside the Context of a BSS) mode support. When communicating in OCB mode a mandatory wildcard BSSID (48 '1' bits) is used. The EDCA parameters handling function was changed to support 802.11p specific values. The insertion of a newly discovered STAs is done in the similar way as in the IBSS mode -- through the deferred insertion. The OCB mode uses a periodic 'housekeeping task' for expiration of disconnected STAs (in the similar manner as in the MESH mode). New Kconfig option for verbose OCB debugging outputs is added. Signed-off-by: Rostislav Lisovy <rostislav.lisovy@fel.cvut.cz> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b8fff407 |
|
03-Nov-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix use-after-free in defragmentation Upon receiving the last fragment, all but the first fragment are freed, but the multicast check for statistics at the end of the function refers to the current skb (the last fragment) causing a use-after-free bug. Since multicast frames cannot be fragmented and we check for this early in the function, just modify that check to also do the accounting to fix the issue. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Reported-by: Yosef Khyal <yosefx.khyal@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d98ad83e |
|
03-Sep-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add Intel Mobile Communications copyright Our legal structure changed at some point (see wikipedia), but we forgot to immediately switch over to the new copyright notice. For files that we have modified in the time since the change, add the proper copyright notice now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4549cf2b |
|
02-Sep-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: fix offloaded BA session traffic after hw restart When starting an offloaded BA session it is unknown what starting sequence number should be used. Using last_seq worked in most cases except after hw restart. When hw restart is requested last_seq is (rightfully so) kept unmodified. This ended up with BA sessions being restarted with an aribtrary BA window values resulting in dropped frames until sequence numbers caught up. Instead of last_seq pick seqno of a first Rxed frame of a given BA session. This fixes stalled traffic after hw restart with offloaded BA sessions (currently only ath10k). Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
970fdfa8 |
|
11-Aug-2014 |
Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: remove @gfp parameter from cfg80211_rx_mgmt() In the cfg80211_rx_mgmt(), parameter @gfp was used for the memory allocation. But, memory get allocated under spin_lock_bh(), this implies atomic context. So, one can't use GFP_KERNEL, only variants with no __GFP_WAIT. Actually, in all occurrences GFP_ATOMIC is used (wil6210 use GFP_KERNEL by mistake), and it should be this way or warning triggered in the memory allocation code. Remove @gfp parameter as no actual choice exist, and use hard coded GFP_ATOMIC for memory allocation. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
83eb935e |
|
15-Jul-2014 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: fix Rx reordering with RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE Some drivers (e.g. ath10k) report A-MSDU subframes individually with identical seqno. The A-MPDU Rx reorder code did not account for that which made it practically unusable with drivers using RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE because it would end up dropping a lot of frames resulting in confusion in upper network transport layers. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
db8e1732 |
|
17-Jul-2014 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: ignore frames between TDLS peers when operating as AP If the AP receives actions frames destined for other peers, it may mistakenly toggle BA-sessions from itself to a peer. Ignore TDLS data packets as well - the AP should not handle them. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5ac2e350 |
|
27-May-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix station/driver powersave race It is currently possible to have a race due to the station PS unblock work like this: * station goes to sleep with frames buffered in the driver * driver blocks wakeup * station wakes up again * driver flushes/returns frames, and unblocks, which schedules the unblock work * unblock work starts to run, and checks that the station is awake (i.e. that the WLAN_STA_PS_STA flag isn't set) * we process a received frame with PM=1, setting the flag again * ieee80211_sta_ps_deliver_wakeup() runs, delivering all frames to the driver, and then clearing the WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER and WLAN_STA_PS_STA flags In this scenario, mac80211 will think that the station is awake, while it really is asleep, and any TX'ed frames should be filtered by the device (it will know that the station is sleeping) but then passed to mac80211 again, which will not buffer it either as it thinks the station is awake, and eventually the packets will be dropped. Fix this by moving the clearing of the flags to exactly where we learn about the situation. This creates a problem of reordering, so introduce another flag indicating that delivery is being done, this new flag also queues frames and is cleared only while the spinlock is held (which the queuing code also holds) so that any concurrent delivery/TX is handled correctly. Reported-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f4ebddf9 |
|
01-May-2014 |
Henning Rogge <hrogge@gmail.com> |
mac80211: Fix mac80211 station info rx bitrate for IBSS mode Filter out incoming multicast packages before applying their bitrate to the rx bitrate station info field to prevent them from setting the rx bitrate to the basic multicast rate. Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <hrogge@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6b59db7d |
|
20-Apr-2014 |
Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com> |
mac80211: return bool instead of numbers in yes/no function And some code style changes in the function, and correct a typo in comment. Signed-off-by: Zhao, Gang <gamerh2o@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
fb378c23 |
|
04-Mar-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: set beamforming bit in radiotap Add a bit in rx_status.vht_flags to let the low level driver notify mac80211 about a beamformed packet. Propagate this to the radiotap header. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b8ff416b |
|
26-Feb-2014 |
Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com> |
mac80211: add missing update on rx status VHT flag Add missing update on the rx status vht flag of the last data packet. Otherwise, cfg80211_calculate_bitrate_vht may not consider the channel width resulting in wrong calculation of the received bitrate. Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e3685e03 |
|
20-Feb-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix station wakeup powersave race Consider the following (relatively unlikely) scenario: 1) station goes to sleep while frames are buffered in driver 2) driver blocks wakeup (until no more frames are buffered) 3) station wakes up again 4) driver unblocks wakeup In this case, the current mac80211 code will do the following: 1) WLAN_STA_PS_STA set 2) WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER set 3) - nothing - 4) WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER cleared As a result, no frames will be delivered to the client, even though it is awake, until it sends another frame to us that triggers ieee80211_sta_ps_deliver_wakeup() in sta_ps_end(). Since we now take the PS spinlock, we can fix this while at the same time removing the complexity with the pending skb queue function. This was broken since my commit 50a9432daeec ("mac80211: fix powersaving clients races") due to removing the clearing of WLAN_STA_PS_STA in the RX path. While at it, fix a cleanup path issue when a station is removed while the driver is still blocking its wakeup. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
06d181a8 |
|
04-Feb-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add NAPI support back NAPI was originally added to mac80211 a long time ago (by John in commit 4e6cbfd09c66 in July 2010), but then removed years later (by Stanislaw in commit 30c97120c6c7 in February 2013). No driver ever used it, so that was fine. Now I'm adding support for NAPI to our driver, so add some code to mac80211 again to support NAPI. John was originally wrapping some (but not nearly all NAPI-related functions), but that doesn't scale very well with the number of functions that are there, some of which are even only inlines. Thus, instead of doing that, let the drivers manage the NAPI struct, except for napi_add() which is needed so mac80211 knows how to call napi_gro_receive(). Also remove some no longer needed definitions that were left when NAPI support was removed. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
63c361f5 |
|
04-Feb-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: propagate STBC / LDPC flags to radiotap This capabilities weren't propagated to the radiotap header. We don't set here the VHT_KNOWN / MCS_HAVE flag because not all the low level drivers will know how to properly flag the frames, hence the low level driver will be in charge of setting IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FEC, IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_STBC and / or IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_STBC according to its capabilities. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1b8d242a |
|
05-Feb-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: move VHT related RX_FLAG to another variable ieee80211_rx_status.flags is full. Define a new vht_flag variable to be able to set more VHT related flags and make room in flags. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> [ath10k] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0059b2b1 |
|
05-Feb-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove unused radiotap vendor fields in ieee80211_rx_status The purpose of this housekeeping is to make some room for VHT flags. The radiotap vendor fields weren't in use. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b4ba544c |
|
24-Jan-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix bufferable MMPDU RX handling Action, disassoc and deauth frames are bufferable, and as such don't have the PM bit in the frame control field reserved which means we need to react to the bit when receiving in such a frame. Fix this by introducing a new helper ieee80211_is_bufferable_mmpdu() and using it for the RX path that currently ignores the PM bit in any non-data frames for doze->wake transitions, but listens to it in all frames for wake->doze transitions, both of which are wrong. Also use the new helper in the TX path to clean up the code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d8ca16db |
|
23-Jan-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add length check in ieee80211_is_robust_mgmt_frame() A few places weren't checking that the frame passed to the function actually has enough data even though the function clearly documents it must have a payload byte. Make this safer by changing the function to take an skb and checking the length inside. The old version is preserved for now as the rtl* drivers use it and don't have a correct skb. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3c2723f5 |
|
07-Jan-2014 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up prepare_for_handlers() return value Using an int with 0/1 is not very common, make the function return a bool instead with the same values (false/true). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
40791942 |
|
07-Jan-2014 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: simplify code in ieee80211_prepare_and_rx_handle No need to assign the return value of prepare_for_handlers to a variable if the only usage is to test it. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9e890a1f |
|
04-Dec-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: neaten ieee80211_deliver_skb Remove the unnecessary duplicate test of "if (skb) {" when !CONFIG_HAVE_EFFICIENT_UNALIGNED_ACCESS. Remove now unnecessary __maybe_unused, neaten comment Remove unnecessary parenthesis around align cast. Substitute reference to deprecated compare_ether_addr with ether_addr_equal (in the comment.) Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> [edit commit log slightly] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e0136226 |
|
02-Dec-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move align variable to remove __maybe_unused There's no reason for the variable to not be inside the #ifdef, move it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f63f8421 |
|
13-Nov-2013 |
Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com> |
mac80211: use put_unaligned_le in mesh when necessary Use put_unaligned_le16 and put_unaligned_le32 for mesh_path_error_tx and mesh_path_sel_frame_tx. Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2475b1cc |
|
24-Mar-2013 |
Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com> |
mac80211: add generic cipher scheme support This adds generic cipher scheme support to mac80211, such schemes are fully under control by the driver. On hw registration drivers may specify additional HW ciphers with a scheme how these ciphers have to be handled by mac80211 TX/RR. A cipher scheme specifies a cipher suite value, a size of the security header to be added to or stripped from frames and how the PN is to be verified on RX. Signed-off-by: Max Stepanov <Max.Stepanov@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2e3049b7 |
|
24-Oct-2013 |
Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> |
mac80211: do not compute offset from ssn in Rx AMPDU reordering buffer Currently, frames that go into the reordering buffer are stored at index ieee80211_sn_sub(sn, tid_rx->ssn) % tid_rx->buf_size. The offset calculation to the starting sequence number (SSN) is useless and just adds overhead so simply use sn % tid_rx->buf_size. This means the reordering buffer will start to be filled somewhere in the middle (at SSN % buf_size) and continue to get used from there, but there's no reason to start from the beginning. Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com> [rewrite commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
051a41fa |
|
20-Nov-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't attempt to reorder multicast frames Multicast frames can't be transmitted as part of an aggregation session (such a session couldn't even be set up) so don't try to reorder them. Trying to do so would cause the reorder to stop working correctly since multicast QoS frames (as transmitted by the Aruba APs this was found with) would cause sequence number confusion in the buffer. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Reported-by: Blaise Gassend <blaise@suitabletech.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
b8456a14 |
|
17-Oct-2013 |
Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com> |
{nl,cfg,mac}80211: implement mesh channel switch userspace API Implement the required procedures for mesh channel switching as defined in the IEEE Std 802.11-2012 section 10.9.8.4.3 and also handle the CSA and MCSP elements as followed: * Add the function for updating the beacon and probe response frames with CSA and MCSP elements during the period of switching to the new channel. Both CSA and MCSP elements must be included in beacon and probe response frames until the intended channel switch time. * The ifmsh->csa_settings is set to NULL and the CSA and MCSP elements will then be removed from the beacon or probe response frames once the new channel is switched to. Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0cfcefef |
|
23-Sep-2013 |
Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> |
mac80211: support reporting A-MSDU subframes individually Some devices may not be able to report A-MSDUs in single buffers. Drivers for such devices were forced to re-assemble A-MSDUs which would then be eventually disassembled by mac80211. This could lead to CPU cache thrashing and poor performance. Since A-MSDU has a single sequence number all subframes share it. This was in conflict with retransmission/duplication recovery (IEEE802.11-2012: 9.3.2.10). Patch introduces a new flag that is meant to be set for all individually reported A-MSDU subframes except the last one. This ensures the last_seq_ctrl is updated after the last subframe is processed. If an A-MSDU is actually a duplicate transmission all reported subframes will be properly discarded. Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com> [johannes: add braces that were missing even before] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6329b8d9 |
|
17-Sep-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: drop spoofed packets in ad-hoc mode If an Ad-Hoc node receives packets with the Cell ID or its own MAC address as source address, it hits a WARN_ON in sta_info_insert_check() With many packets, this can massively spam the logs. One way that this can easily happen is through having Cisco APs in the area with rouge AP detection and countermeasures enabled. Such Cisco APs will regularly send fake beacons, disassoc and deauth packets that trigger these warnings. To fix this issue, drop such spoofed packets early in the rx path. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Reported-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de> Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
cd7760e6 |
|
28-Aug-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: add support for CSA in IBSS mode This function adds the channel switch announcement implementation for the IBSS code. It is triggered by userspace (mac80211/cfg) or by external channel switch announcement, which have to be adopted. Both CSAs in beacons and action frames are supported. As for AP mode, the channel switch is applied after some time. However in IBSS mode, the channel switch IEs are generated in the kernel. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
19504cf5 |
|
15-Aug-2013 |
Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com> |
cfg80211: add flags to cfg80211_rx_mgmt() Add flags intended to report various auxiliary information and introduce the NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED flag to report that the frame was already answered by the device. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com> [REPLIED->ANSWERED, reword commit message] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
86c228a7 |
|
14-Aug-2013 |
Johan Almbladh <ja@anyfi.net> |
mac80211: perform power save processing before decryption This patch decouples the power save processing from the frame decryption by running the decrypt rx handler after sta_process. In the case where the decryption failed for some reason, the stack used to not process the PM and MOREDATA bits for that frame. The stack now always performs power save processing regardless of the decryption result. That means that encrypted data frames and NULLFUNC frames are now handled in the same way regarding power save processing, making the stack more robust. Signed-off-by: Johan Almbladh <ja@anyfi.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2103dec1 |
|
08-Jul-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: select and adjust bitrates according to channel mode The various components accessing the bitrates table must use consider the used channel bandwidth to select only available rates or calculate the bitrate correctly. There are some rates in reduced bandwidth modes which can't be represented as multiples of 500kbps, like 2.25 MBit/s in 5 MHz mode. The standard suggests to round up to the next multiple of 500kbps, just do that in mac80211 as well. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> [make rate unsigned in ieee80211_add_tx_radiotap_header(), squash fix] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
#
a5e70697 |
|
08-Jul-2013 |
Simon Wunderlich <simon.wunderlich@s2003.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: add radiotap flag and handling for 5/10 MHz Wireshark already defines radiotap channel flags for 5 and 10 MHz, so just use them in Linux radiotap too. Furthermore, add rx status flags to allow drivers to report when they received data on 5 or 10 MHz channels. Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
#
a144f378 |
|
03-Jul-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add per-chain signal information to radiotap When per-chain signal information is available, don't add the antenna field once but instead add a radiotap namespace for each chain containing the chain/antenna number and the signal strength on that chain. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
|
#
6b0f3274 |
|
11-Jul-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix duplicate retransmission detection The duplicate retransmission detection code in mac80211 erroneously attempts to do the check for every frame, even frames that don't have a sequence control field or that don't use it (QoS-Null frames.) This is problematic because it causes the code to access data beyond the end of the SKB and depending on the data there will drop packets erroneously. Correct the code to not do duplicate detection for such frames. I found this error while testing AP powersave, it lead to retransmitted PS-Poll frames being dropped entirely as the data beyond the end of the SKB was always zero. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [all versions] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6ff57cf8 |
|
15-May-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: clean up cfg80211 SME APIs Do some cleanups in the cfg80211 SME APIs, which are only used by mac80211. Most of these functions get a frame passed, and there isn't really any reason to export multiple functions as cfg80211 can check the frame type instead, do that. Additionally, the API functions have confusing names like cfg80211_send_...() which was meant to indicate that it sends an event to userspace, but gets a bit confusing when there's both TX and RX and they're not all clearly labeled. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
786677d1 |
|
23-May-2013 |
Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> |
mac80211: add STBC flag for radiotap Some chips can tell us if received frame was encoded with STBC or not. To make this information available in user space we can use updated radiotap specification: http://www.radiotap.org/defined-fields/MCS This patch will set number of STBC encoded spatial streams (Nss). The HAVE_STBC flag should be provided by driver. Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4325f6ca |
|
08-May-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wireless: move crypto constants to ieee80211.h mac80211 and the Intel drivers all define crypto constants, move them to ieee80211.h instead. Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ef0621e8 |
|
22-Apr-2013 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add support for per-chain signal strength reporting Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> [fix unit documentation] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2b9ccd4e |
|
13-May-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix AP-mode frame matching In AP mode, ignore frames with mis-matched BSSID that aren't multicast or sent to the correct destination. This fixes reporting public action frames to userspace multiple times on multiple virtual AP interfaces. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1b737f88 |
|
18-Apr-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix P2P-Device management frame RX There's an issue in receiving broadcast management frames on P2P Device virtual interfaces, such frames have the RX flag IEEE80211_RX_RA_MATCH cleared and are thus dropped in ieee80211_rx_h_mgmt_check(). They should be let through to make it to ieee80211_rx_h_userspace_mgmt() and then to userspace. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1b3a2e49 |
|
26-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle extended channel switch announcement Handle the (public) extended channel switch announcement action frames. Parts of the data in these frames isn't really in IEs, but put it into the elems struct anyway to simplify the handling. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
37799e52 |
|
26-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: unify CSA action frame/beacon processing CSA action frame content should be processed as variable IEs rather than fixed to make it extensible. Unify the code and process them just like CSA in beacons to make it easier to extend for HT/VHT. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9d6d6f49 |
|
08-Apr-2013 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: unset FC retry bit in mesh fwding path Otherwise forwarded frames would keep the retry bit set from the previous link transmission. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
07e5a5f5 |
|
07-Mar-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix crash with P2P Device returning action frames If a P2P Device interface receives an unhandled action frame, we attempt to return it. This crashes because it doesn't have a channel context. Fix the crash by using status->band and properly mark the return frame as an off-channel frame. Reported-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
a6dad6a2 |
|
04-Mar-2013 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: support userspace MPM Earlier mac80211 would check whether some kind of mesh security was enabled, when the real question was "is the MPM in userspace"? Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9a886586 |
|
15-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wireless: move sequence number arithmetic to ieee80211.h Move the sequence number arithmetic code from mac80211 to ieee80211.h so others can use it. Also rename the functions from _seq to _sn, they operate on the sequence number, not the sequence_control field. Also move macros to convert the sequence control to/from the sequence number value from various drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
191922cd |
|
20-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clarify alignment comment The comment says something about __skb_push(), but that isn't even called in the code any more. Looking at the git history, that comment never even made sense when it was still called, so just replace that part to note it still works even when align isn't 0 or 2. Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bf7cd94d |
|
15-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up mesh code There's various code with strange indentation, questionable loop and locking constructs, etc. The bigger change is moving the "sdata" argument to the first argument of all functions, like all other mac80211 functions that have one. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
af0ed69b |
|
12-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: stop modifying HT SMPS capability Instead of modifying the HT SMPS capability field for stations, track the SMPS mode explicitly in a new field in the station struct and use it in the drivers that care about it. This simplifies the code using it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9fb04b50 |
|
14-Feb-2013 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: generate mesh probe responses Mesh interfaces will now respond to any broadcast (or matching directed mesh) probe requests with a probe response. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
bee7f586 |
|
07-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle operating mode notif in beacon/assoc response In beacons and association response frames an AP may include an operating mode notification element to advertise changes in the number of spatial streams it can receive. Handle this using the existing function that handles the action frame, but only handle NSS changes, not bandwidth changes which aren't allowed here. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0af83d3d |
|
27-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle VHT operating mode notification Handle the operating mode notification action frame. When the supported streams or the bandwidth change let the driver and rate control algorithm know. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e1a0c6b3 |
|
07-Feb-2013 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: stop toggling IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40 For VHT, many more bandwidth changes are possible. As a first step, stop toggling the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40 flag in the HT capabilities and instead introduce a bandwidth field indicating the currently usable bandwidth to transmit to the station. Of course, make all drivers use it. To achieve this, make ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() get the station as an argument, rather than the new capabilities, so it can set up the new bandwidth field. If the station is a VHT station and VHT bandwidth is in use, also set the bandwidth accordingly. Doing this allows us to get rid of the supports_40mhz flag as the HT capabilities now reflect the true capability instead of the current setting. While at it, also fix ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() to not ignore HT cap overrides when MCS TX isn't supported (not that it really happens...) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f9e124fb |
|
04-Feb-2013 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: protect rx-path with spinlock This patch fixes the problem which was discussed in "mac80211: Fix PN corruption in case of multiple virtual interface" [1]. Amit Shakya reported a serious issue with my patch: mac80211: serialize rx path workers" [2]: In case, ieee80211_rx_handlers processing is going on for skbs received on one vif and at the same time, rx aggregation reorder timer expires on another vif then sta_rx_agg_reorder_timer_expired is invoked and it will push skbs into the single queue (local->rx_skb_queue). ieee80211_rx_handlers in the while loop assumes that the skbs are for the same sdata and sta. This assumption doesn't hold good in this scenario and the PN gets corrupted by PN received in other vif's skb, causing traffic to stop due to PN mismatch." [1] Message-Id: http://mid.gmane.org/201302041844.44436.chunkeey@googlemail.com [2] Commit-Id: 24a8fdad35835e8d71f7 Reported-by: Amit Shakya <amit.shakya@stericsson.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
3f52b7e3 |
|
30-Jan-2013 |
Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: mesh power save basics Add routines to - maintain a PS mode for each peer and a non-peer PS mode - indicate own PS mode in transmitted frames - track neighbor STAs power modes - buffer frames when neighbors are in PS mode - add TIM and Awake Window IE to beacons - release frames in Mesh Peer Service Periods Add local_pm to sta_info to represent the link-specific power mode at this station towards the remote station. When a peer link is established, use the default power mode stored in mesh config. Update the PS status if the peering status of a neighbor changes. Maintain a mesh power mode for non-peer mesh STAs. Set the non-peer power mode to active mode during peering. Authenticated mesh peering is currently not working when either node is configured to be in power save mode. Indicate the current power mode in transmitted frames. Use QoS Nulls to indicate mesh power mode transitions. For performance reasons, calls to the function setting the frame flags are placed in HWMP routing routines, as there the STA pointer is already available. Add peer_pm to sta_info to represent the peer's link-specific power mode towards the local station. Add nonpeer_pm to represent the peer's power mode towards all non-peer stations. Track power modes based on received frames. Add the ps_data structure to ieee80211_if_mesh (for TIM map, PS neighbor counter and group-addressed frame buffer). Set WLAN_STA_PS flag for STA in PS mode to use the unicast frame buffering routines in the tx path. Update num_sta_ps to buffer and release group-addressed frames after DTIM beacons. Announce the awake window duration in beacons if in light or deep sleep mode towards any peer or non-peer. Create a TIM IE similarly to AP mode and add it to mesh beacons. Parse received Awake Window IEs and check TIM IEs for buffered frames. Release frames towards peers in mesh Peer Service Periods. Use the corresponding trigger frames and monitor the MPSP status. Append a QoS Null as trigger frame if neccessary to properly end the MPSP. Currently, in HT channels MPSPs behave imperfectly and show large delay spikes and frame losses. Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Ivan Bezyazychnyy <ivan.bezyazychnyy@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Mike Krinkin <krinkin.m.u@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
ec61cd63 |
|
27-Dec-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support HT notify channel width action Support the HT notify channel width action frame to update the rate scaling about the bandwidth the peer can receive in. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
815b8092 |
|
05-Dec-2012 |
Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@etit.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: don't drop mesh peering frames from unknown STA Previously, mesh peering frames from a STA without a station entry were being dropped. Mesh Peering Open and other frames (WLAN_CATEGORY_SELF_PROTECTED) are valid mesh peering frames even if received from a yet unknown station; the STA entry will be created in mesh_peer_init later. The problem didn't occur previously since both STAs receive each other's beacons which created the STA entry. However, this causes an unnecessary delay and beacons might not be received if either node is in PS mode. Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@etit.tu-chemnitz.de> [reword commit log a bit] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
751413ea |
|
05-Dec-2012 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: skip radiotap space calculation if no monitor exists The radiotap header length "needed_headroom" is only required if we're sending the skb to a monitor interface. Hence, move the calculation a bit later so the calculation can be skipped if no monitor interface is present. Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
0624760c |
|
27-Nov-2012 |
Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> |
mac80211: fix potential NULL dereference Smatch complains that we could dereference skb later in the function. It's probably unlikely, but we may as well return here and avoid it. Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> [change summary] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
51648921 |
|
22-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support (partial) VHT radiotap information Add some information that we have about VHT to radiotap. This at least lets one see the MCS and NSS information. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5614618e |
|
09-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support drivers reporting VHT RX Add support to mac80211 for having drivers report received VHT MCS information. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
e584da5e |
|
25-Nov-2012 |
Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com> |
mac80211: in ADHOC don't update last_rx if sta is not authorized It does not make sense to keep a station alive if it is not authorised at all. If IBSS/RSN is used it could also be the case that something went wrong during the keys exchange and the stations ended up in a not recoverable state. By not updating last_rx we are giving the station a chance to be deleted and to start the key exchange once again from scratch. Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
605f1a5b |
|
22-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix radiotap vendor area skipping The radiotap vendor area in the skb head must be skipped and accounted for in a few functions until it is removed. I missed this in my patch, so a few places use this data as though it was the 802.11 header, fix these places. Reported-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@neratec.com> Tested-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@neratec.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
90b9e446 |
|
16-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support radiotap vendor namespace RX data In some cases, in particular for experimentation, it can be useful to be able to add vendor namespace data to received frames in addition to the normal radiotap data. Allow doing this through mac80211 by adding fields to the RX status descriptor that describe the data while the data itself is prepended to the frame. Also add some example code to hwsim, but don't enable it because it doesn't use a proper OUI identifier. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5a306f58 |
|
14-Nov-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: introduce IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS and use it Introduce IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS in the generic 802.11 header file and use it in place of STA_TID_NUM and NUM_RX_DATA_QUEUES which are both really the number of TIDs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f4bda337 |
|
13-Nov-2012 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: support RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END Allow drivers to indicate their mactime is at RX completion and adjust for this in mac80211. Also rename the existing RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU to RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START to clarify its intent. Based on similar code by Johannes Berg. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> [fix docs, atheros drivers] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
37c73b5f |
|
26-Oct-2012 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
cfg80211: allow registering more than one beacon listener The commit: commit 5e760230e42cf759bd923457ca2753aacf2e656e Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Date: Fri Nov 4 11:18:17 2011 +0100 cfg80211: allow registering to beacons allowed only a single process to register for beacon events per wiphy. This breaks cases where a user may want two or more VIFs on a wiphy and run a seperate hostapd process on each vif. This patch allows multiple beacon listeners, fixing the regression. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
6dbda2d0 |
|
25-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: make sure data is accessible in EAPOL check The code to allow EAPOL frames even when the station isn't yet marked associated needs to check that the incoming frame is long enough and due to paged RX it also can't assume skb->data contains the right data, it must use skb_copy_bits(). Fix this to avoid using data that doesn't really exist. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
9b395bc3 |
|
25-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: verify that skb data is present A number of places in the mesh code don't check that the frame data is present and in the skb header when trying to access. Add those checks and the necessary pskb_may_pull() calls. This prevents accessing data that doesn't actually exist. To do this, export ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen() to be able to use it in mac80211. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4a4f1a58 |
|
25-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: check management frame header length Due to pskb_may_pull() checking the skb length, all non-management frames are checked on input whether their 802.11 header is fully present. Also add that check for management frames and remove a check that is now duplicate. This prevents accessing skb data beyond the frame end. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
1df332e8 |
|
25-Oct-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: a few formatting fixes Fix a few code formatting issues in the RX code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f7fbf70e |
|
25-Oct-2012 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: don't inspect Sequence Control field on control frames Per IEEE Std. 802.11-2012, Sec 8.2.4.4.1, the sequence Control field is not present in control frames. We noticed this problem when processing Block Ack Requests. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2ac64cd1 |
|
24-Oct-2012 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Don't drop frames received with mesh ttl == 1 Prior this fix, those frames were not received, nor forwarded. Fix this to receive and not forward. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
555cb715 |
|
24-Oct-2012 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Only process mesh config header on frames that RA_MATCH Doing otherwise is wrong, and may wreak havoc on the mpp tables, specially if the frame is encrypted. Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Reported-by: Chaoxing Lin <Chaoxing.Lin@ultra-3eti.com> Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d012a605 |
|
10-Oct-2012 |
Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@etit.tu-chemnitz.de> |
mac80211: make client powersave independent of interface type This patch prepares mac80211 for a later implementation of mesh or ad-hoc powersave clients. The structures related to powersave (buffer, TIM map, counters) are moved from the AP-specific interface structure to a generic structure that can be embedded into any interface type. The functions related to powersave are prepared to allow easy extension with different interface types. For example with: + } else if (sta->sdata->vif.type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT) { + ps = &sdata->u.mesh.ps; Some references to the AP's beacon structure are removed where they were obviously not used. The patch compiles without warning and has been briefly tested as AP interface with one client in PS mode. Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@etit.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
444e3803 |
|
30-Sep-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove some unused code There are a number of unused variables that gcc pointed out (when building with W=1) as well as some conditions that can never be true due to the datatypes used: unsigned values can't be less than zero. Remove this code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
00ea6deb |
|
05-Sep-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't use kerneldoc for ieee80211_add_rx_radiotap_header Doing so creates warnings, but the function is internal and not part of the 802.11 docbooks, so it from kerneldoc. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4797c7ba |
|
26-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use RX status band instead of current band Even for single-channel devices it is possible that we switch the channel temporarily (e.g. for scanning) but while doing so process a received frame that was still received on the old channel, so checking the current band is racy. Use the band from status instead. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f142c6b9 |
|
18-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support P2P Device abstraction After cfg80211 got a P2P Device abstraction, add support to mac80211. Whether it really is supported or not will depend on whether or not the driver has support for it, but mac80211 needs to change to be able to support drivers that need a P2P Device. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4c298677 |
|
05-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support A-MPDU status reporting Support getting A-MPDU status information from the drivers and reporting it to userspace via radiotap in the standard fields. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d48b2968 |
|
06-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: redesign scan RX Scan receive is rather inefficient when there are multiple virtual interfaces. We iterate all of the virtual interfaces and then notify cfg80211 about each beacon many times. Redesign scan RX to happen before everything else. Then we can also get rid of IEEE80211_RX_IN_SCAN since we don't have to accept frames into the RX handlers for scanning or scheduled scanning any more. Overall, this simplifies the code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
5260a5b2 |
|
06-Jul-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: track scheduled scan virtual interface Instead of tracking whether or not we're in a scheduled scan, track the virtual interface (sdata) in an RCU-protected pointer to make it usable from RX to check the MAC address. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
2c53040f |
|
10-Jul-2012 |
Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> |
net: Fix (nearly-)kernel-doc comments for various functions Fix incorrect start markers, wrapped summary lines, missing section breaks, incorrect separators, and some name mismatches. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
71bbc994 |
|
15-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211: use wdev in mgmt-tx/ROC APIs The management frame and remain-on-channel APIs will be needed in the P2P device abstraction, so move them over to the new wdev-based APIs. Userspace can still use both the interface index and wdev identifier for them so it's backward compatible, but for the P2P Device wdev it will be able to use the wdev identifier only. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
4b5ebccc |
|
27-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: correct behaviour on unrecognised action frames When receiving an "individually addressed" action frame, the receiver is required to return it to the sender. mac80211 gets this wrong as it also returns group addressed (mcast) frames to the sender. Fix this and update the reference to the new 802.11 standards version since things were shuffled around significantly. Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
bdcbd8e0 |
|
22-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up debugging There are a few things that make the logging and debugging in mac80211 less useful than it should be right now: * a lot of messages should be pr_info, not pr_debug * wholesale use of pr_debug makes it require *both* Kconfig and dynamic configuration * there are still a lot of ifdefs * the style is very inconsistent, sometimes the sdata->name is printed in front Clean up everything, introducing new macros and separating out the station MLME debugging into a new Kconfig symbol. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
d3b2fb53 |
|
21-Jun-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: pass sdata to some RX functions For better debugging, we would like to have the sdata pointer available later, so pass it into these functions. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
00e96dec |
|
20-Jun-2012 |
Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com> |
mac80211: save wmm_acm per sdata Save and configure the wmm_acm per sdata, rather than per hardware. If wmm_acm is saved per hardware when running two interfaces simultaneously on the same hardware one interface's wmm policy will be affected by the other interface. Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
04800ada |
|
06-Jun-2012 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: stop Rx during HW reconfig While HW reconfig is in progress, drop all incoming Rx. This prevents incoming packets from changing the internal state of the driver or calling callbacks of the low level driver while it is in inconsistent state. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
|
#
f0d23208 |
|
15-May-2012 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
net: mac80211: Convert printk(KERN_DEBUG to pr_debug Standardize the debugging to be able to use dynamic_debug. Coalesce formats, align arguments. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ac55d2fe |
|
10-May-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: (selectively) add HT details in radiotap Add a flag for the HT format (mixed vs. greenfield) to allow drivers to report that on receive. Not all drivers will do that though, so allow drivers to set which radiotap MCS details they report. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e87cc472 |
|
13-May-2012 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
net: Convert net_ratelimit uses to net_<level>_ratelimited Standardize the net core ratelimited logging functions. Coalesce formats, align arguments. Change a printk then vprintk sequence to use printf extension %pV. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
3bc7945e |
|
08-May-2012 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
mac80211: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal by hand spatch/coccinelle isn't perfect. It doesn't understand __aligned(x) and doesn't convert functions it can't parse. Convert the remaining compare_ether_addr uses. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
b203ca39 |
|
08-May-2012 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
mac80211: Convert compare_ether_addr to ether_addr_equal Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse of compare_ether_addr for sorting. Done via cocci script: $ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci @@ expression a,b; @@ - !compare_ether_addr(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - compare_ether_addr(a, b) + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0 + !ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0 + ether_addr_equal(a, b) @@ expression a,b; @@ - !!ether_addr_equal(a, b) + ether_addr_equal(a, b) Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
8a690674 |
|
17-Apr-2012 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Support on-channel scan option. This based on an idea posted by Stanislaw Gruszka, though I accept full blame for the implementation! This has been tested with ath9k. The idea is to let users scan on the current operating channel without interrupting normal traffic more than absolutely necessary (changing power level might reset some hardware, for instance). Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
973ef21a |
|
16-Apr-2012 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: fix truncated packets in cooked monitor rx Cooked monitor rx was recently changed to use ieee80211_add_rx_radiotap_header instead of generating only limited radiotap information. ieee80211_add_rx_radiotap_header assumes that FCS info is still present if the hardware supports receiving it, however when cooked monitor rx packets are processed, FCS info has already been stripped. Fix this by adding an extra flag indicating FCS presence. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
64f68e5d |
|
28-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove channel type argument from rate_update The channel type argument to the rate_update() callback isn't really the correct way to give the rate control algorithm about the desired RX bandwidth of the peer. Remove this argument, and instead update the STA capabilities with 20/40 appropriately. The SMPS update done by this callback works in the same way, so this makes the callback cleaner. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
12d3952f |
|
18-Mar-2012 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: optimize aggregation session timeout handling Calling mod_timer from the rx/tx hotpath is somewhat expensive, and the timeout doesn't need to be so precise. Switch to a different strategy: Schedule the timer initially, store jiffies of all last rx/tx activity which would previously modify the timer, and let the timer re-arm itself after checking the last rx/tx timestamp. Make the session timers deferrable to avoid causing extra wakeups on systems running on battery. This visibly reduces CPU load under high network load on small embedded systems. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3117bbdb |
|
13-Mar-2012 |
Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org> |
mac80211: Don't let regulatory make us deaf When regulatory information changes our HT behavior (e.g, when we get a country code from the AP we have just associated with), we should use this information to change the power with which we transmit, and what channels we transmit. Sometimes the channel parameters we derive from regulatory information contradicts the parameters we used in association. For example, we could have associated specifying HT40, but the regulatory rules we apply may forbid HT40 operation. In the situation above, we should reconfigure ourselves to transmit in HT20 only, however it makes no sense for us to disable receive in HT40, since if we associated with these parameters, the AP has every reason to expect we can and will receive packets this way. The code in mac80211 does not have the capability of sending the appropriate action frames to signal a change in HT behaviour so the AP has no clue we can no longer receive frames encoded this way. In some broken AP implementations, this can leave us effectively deaf if the AP never retries in lower HT rates. This change breaks up the channel_type parameter in the ieee80211_enable_ht function into a separate receive and transmit part. It honors the channel flags set by regulatory in order to configure the rate control algorithm, but uses the capability flags to configure the channel on the radio, since these were used in association to set the AP's transmit rate. Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org> Cc: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Reviewed-by: Luis R Rodriguez <mcgrof@frijolero.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a8286911 |
|
12-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: linearize SKBs as needed for crypto Not linearizing every SKB will help actually pass non-linear SKBs all the way up when on an encrypted connection. For now, linearize TKIP completely as it is lower performance and I don't quite grok all the details. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
617bbde8 |
|
12-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move RX WEP weak IV counting This is better done inside the WEP decrypt function where it doesn't have to check all the conditions any more since they've been tested already. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
804483e9 |
|
05-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: report signal strength for mgmt frames Add the signal strength (in dBm only for now) to frames that are received via nl80211's various frame APIs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
293702a3 |
|
02-Mar-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use common radiotap code for cooked monitors There's no need to hardcode a subset of the radiotap header for cooked monitor receive, we can just reuse the normal monitor mode radiotap code. This simplifies the code and extends the information available on cooked monitor interfaces. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d665508b |
|
01-Mar-2012 |
Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com> |
mac80211: fix the support of setting non-forwarding entity in Mesh RANN, PREP and PERR propagation should happen only if the dot11MeshForwarding is true. Besides, data frame should not be forwarded if dot11MeshForwarding is false. This redundant checking is necessary to avoid the broadcasted ARP breaking the non-forwarding rule. Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fe8431f8 |
|
01-Mar-2012 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add an rx flag for ignoring a packet's signal strength For A-MPDU rx it makes sense to only process the signal strength once per aggregate instead of once per subframe. Additonally, some hardware (e.g. Atheros) only provides valid signal strength information for the last subframe. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
888d04df |
|
01-Mar-2012 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: use compare_ether_addr on MAC addresses instead of memcmp Because of the constant size and guaranteed 16 bit alignment, the inline compare_ether_addr function is much cheaper than calling memcmp. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d26ad377 |
|
20-Feb-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up asm/unaligned.h inclusion Some files implicitly get this via mesh.h which itself doesn't need it, so move the inclusion into the right files. Some other files don't need it at all but include it, so remove it from there. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
66e67e41 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: redesign auth/assoc This is the second part of the auth/assoc redesign, the mac80211 part. This moves the auth/assoc code out of the work abstraction and into the MLME, so that we don't flip channels all the time etc. The only downside is that when we are associated, we need to drop the association in order to create a connection to another AP, but for most drivers this is actually desirable and the ability to do was never used by any applications. If we want to implement resource reservation with FT-OTA, we'd probably best do it with explicit R-O-C in wpa_s. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7852e361 |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove dummy STA support The dummy STA support was added because I didn't want to change the driver API at the time. Now that we have state transitions triggering station add/remove in the driver, we only call add once a station reaches ASSOCIATED, so we can remove the dummy station stuff again. While at it, tighten the RX check and accept only port control (EAP) frames from the AP station if it's not associated yet -- in other cases there's no race. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
07ae2dfc |
|
01-Feb-2012 |
Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> |
mac80211: timeout a single frame in the rx reorder buffer The current code checks for stored_mpdu_num > 1, causing the reorder_timer to be triggered indefinitely, but the frame is never timed-out (until the next packet is received) Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com> Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
608383bf |
|
30-Jan-2012 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Fix incorrect num_sta_ps decrement in ap_sta_ps_end If the driver blocked this specific STA with the help of ieee80211_sta_block_awake we won't clear WLAN_STA_PS_STA later but still decrement num_sta_ps. Hence, the next data frame from this STA will trigger ap_sta_ps_end again and also decrement num_sta_ps again leading to an incorrect num_sta_ps counter. This can result in problems with powersaving clients not waking up from PS because the TIM calculation might be skipped due to the incorrect num_sta_ps counter. Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8e7c4e4d |
|
20-Jan-2012 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix a few -Wshadow warnings It seems that -Wshadow is no longer default in sparse runs, but let's fix the warnings anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
74b8cc3d |
|
14-Jan-2012 |
Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net> |
Net, mac80211: Fix resource leak in ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding() We may leak the 'fwd_skb' we skb_copy() in ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding() if we take the 'else' branch in the 'if' statement just below. If we take that branch we'll end up returning from the function and since we've not assigned 'fwd_skb' to anything at that point, we leak it when the variable goes out of scope. The simple fix seems to be to just kfree_skb(fwd_skb); just before we return. That is what this patch does. Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b423db5b |
|
19-Dec-2011 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Remove superfluous ieee80211_rx_h_remove_qos_control This seems to not serve any purpose anymore, at least all frame processing afterwards seems to be able to deal with QoS frames. So, let's save the expensive memmove and just leave the QoS header in the 802.11 frame for further processing. Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
aef6c928 |
|
21-Dec-2011 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Keep skb->piority for relayed frames in AP mode When mac80211 relays a frame from STA1 to STA2 in AP mode it will get re-classified in the tx path. Unfortunately the frame protocol field is always set to ETH_P_8023 while the classification only kicks in for ETH_P_IP. Hence, a high priority frame from STA1 will be send to STA2 as best effort. Instead of running classification on the frame just use the same priority as STA1 did. Do this by adding 256 to the skb->priority to allow cfg80211_classify8021d to shortcut frame classification. Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1d8d3dec |
|
16-Dec-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: handle SMPS action frames When a peer changes SMPS state we should update rate control so it doesn't have to detect it by itself. It can't detect "dynamic" mode anyway since that just requires rts-cts handshaking. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8bf11d8d |
|
15-Dec-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: delay IBSS station insertion In order to notify drivers and simplify the station management code, defer IBSS station insertion to a work item and don't do it directly while receiving a frame. This increases the complexity in IBSS a little bit, but it's pretty straight forward and it allows us to reduce the station management complexity (next patch) considerably. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3df6eaea |
|
06-Dec-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: accept public action frames with mismatched BSSID Arik's patch "mac80211: allow action frames with unknown BSSID in GO mode" allowed any action frames in P2P mode to go through, but only to cooked monitor interfaces as the IEEE80211_RX_RA_MATCH was still cleared. As a result my no-monitor patches broke invitation responses. Instead of allowing any action frames in P2P GO mode to go through with a wrong BSSID like that patch did, allow all public action frames. They will never be processed by mac80211, but can be reported via nl80211 then. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
13c40c54 |
|
30-Nov-2011 |
Alexander Simon <an.alexsimon@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Add HT operation modes for IBSS The HT mode is set by iw (previous patchsets). The interface is set into the specified HT mode. HT mode and capabilities are announced in beacons. If we add a station that uses HT also, the fastest matching HT mode will be used for transmission. That means if we are using HT40+ and we add a station running on HT40-, we would transfer at HT20. If we join an IBSS with HT40, but the secondary channel is not available, we will fall back into HT20 as well. Allow frame aggregation to start in IBSS mode. Signed-off-by: Alexander Simon <an.alexsimon@googlemail.com> [siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de: Updates] * remove implicit channel_type enum assumptions * use rate_control_rate_init() if channel type changed * remove channel flags check * activate HT IBSS feature support * slightly reword commit message * rebase on wireless-testing Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
30789eb6 |
|
24-Nov-2011 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: clean up rx_h_mesh_fwding Lose about two levels of unnecessary indentation. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0cfda851 |
|
24-Nov-2011 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: don't initiate path discovery when forwarding frame with unknown DA We used to initiate a path discovery when receiving a frame for which there is no forwarding information. To cut down on PREQ spam, just send a (gated) PERR in response. Also separate path discovery logic from nexthop querying. This patch means we no longer queue frames when forwarding, so kill the PERR TX stuff in discard_frame(). Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d3c1597b |
|
24-Nov-2011 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: fix forwarded mesh frame queue mapping We can't rely on ieee80211_select_queue() to do its job at this point since the skb->protocol is not yet known. Instead, factor out and reuse the queue mapping logic for injected frames. Also, to mitigate congestion, forwarded frames should be dropped if the outgoing queue was stopped. This was not correctly implemented as we were not checking the right queue. Furthermore, we were dropping frames that had arrived to their destination if that queue was stopped. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7e3c8866 |
|
24-Nov-2011 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: failed forwarded mesh frame addressing Don't write the TA until next hop is actually known, since we might need the original TA for sending a PERR. Previously we would send a PERR to ourself if path resolution for a forwarded frame failed. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e7f4a940 |
|
04-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: send unexpected 4addr event Implement the cfg80211 notification but only send one event per associated station to avoid having tons of events if the station thinks it should be allowed to use 4addr frames but it isn't. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ee971924 |
|
04-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: report OBSS beacons If there's an interface in AP mode, OBSS beacons are needed by hostapd/wpa_s to implement logic to enable/disable protection etc. Report the frames and set the capability flag. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
21fc7560 |
|
04-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: support spurious class3 event Add support for the spurious class3 frame event to mac80211 to enable AP w/o monitor mode. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d0ce1855 |
|
03-Nov-2011 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: simplify mesh frame queue mapping and QoS We only need to set the skb queue twice: 1. by the netdev, on local TX. 2. when forwarding a mesh frame. We only need to set the qos header twice: 1. by mac80211, on local TX. 2. when putting a frame on the mpath->frame_queue We also don't need the RA in order to set the proper queue mapping since all mesh STAs are QoS, indicate this and do it once when the frame is received. Also fixes an issue where the QoS header and queue mapping was not set for unicast forwarded frames. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
660c6a44 |
|
03-Nov-2011 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: check if frame is really part of this BA There was an an implicit assumption that any QoS data frame received from a STA/TID with an active BA session was sent to this vif as part of a BA. This is not true if IFF_PROMISC is enabled and the frame was destined for a different peer, for example. Don't treat these frames as part of a BA from the sending STA. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
6cc00d54 |
|
03-Nov-2011 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: QoS multicast frames have No Ack policy Previously QoS multicast frames had the Normal Acknowledgment QoS control bits set. This would cause broadcast frames to be discarded by peers with which we have a BA session, since their sequence number would fall outside the allowed range. Set No Ack QoS control bits on multicast QoS frames and filter these in de-aggregation code. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> v2: Use proper QoS Ack Policy ctl field mask (Christian) v3: Clean up conditional (Johannes) Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f8d1ccf1 |
|
07-Nov-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix NULL dereference in radiotap code When receiving failed PLCP frames is enabled, there won't be a rate pointer when we add the radiotap header and thus the kernel will crash. Fix this by not assuming the rate pointer is always valid. It's still always valid for frames that have good PLCP though, and that is checked & enforced. This was broken by my commit fc88518916793af8ad6a02e05ff254d95c36d875 Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Date: Fri Jul 30 13:23:12 2010 +0200 mac80211: don't check rates on PLCP error frames where I removed the check in this case but didn't take into account that the rate info would be used. Reported-by: Xiaokang Qin <xiaokang.qin@intel.com> Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ae2772b3 |
|
26-Oct-2011 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: allow frame aggregation for mesh Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <anagar6@uic.edu> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
152c477a |
|
21-Oct-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: exit cooked monitor RX early if there are none If there are no cooked monitor interfaces, there's no point in building the radiotap RX header for the frame and iterating the interface list. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
bc3b2d7f |
|
15-Jul-2011 |
Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com> |
net: Add export.h for EXPORT_SYMBOL/THIS_MODULE to non-modules These files are non modular, but need to export symbols using the macros now living in export.h -- call out the include so that things won't break when we remove the implicit presence of module.h from everywhere. Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
|
#
c2c98fde |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: optimise station flags The flaglock in struct sta_info has long been something that I wanted to get rid of, this finally does the conversion to atomic bitops. The conversion itself is straight-forward in most places, a few things needed to change a bit since we can no longer use multiple bits at the same time. On x86-64, this is a fairly significant code size reduction: text data bss dec hex 427861 23648 1008 452517 6e7a5 before 425383 23648 976 450007 6ddd7 after Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
deeaee19 |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: reply only once to each PS-poll If a PS-poll frame is retried (but was received) there is no way to detect that since it has no sequence number. As a consequence, the standard asks us to not react to PS-poll frames until the response to one made it out (was ACKed or lost). Implement this by using the WLAN_STA_SP flags to also indicate a PS-Poll "service period" and the IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag for the response packet to indicate the end of the "SP" as usual. We could use separate flags, but that will most likely completely confuse drivers, and while the standard doesn't exclude simultaneously polling using uAPSD and PS-Poll, doing that seems quite problematic. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
47086fc5 |
|
29-Sep-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: implement uAPSD Add uAPSD support to mac80211. This is probably not possible with all devices, so advertising it with the cfg80211 flag will be left up to drivers that want it. Due to my previous patches it is now a fairly straight-forward extension. Drivers need to have accurate TX status reporting for the EOSP frame. For drivers that buffer themselves, the provided APIs allow releasing the right number of frames, but then drivers need to set EOSP and more-data themselves. This is documented in more detail in the new code itself. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2154c81c |
|
07-Sep-2011 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Mesh data frames must have the QoS header Per sec 7.1.3.5 of draft 12.0 of 802.11s, mesh frames indicate the presence of the mesh control header in their QoS header. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4777be41 |
|
07-Sep-2011 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Start implementing QoS support for mesh interfaces In order to support QoS in mesh, we need to assign queue mapping only after the next hop has been resolved, both for forwarded and locally originated frames. Also, now that this is fixed, remove the XXX comment in ieee80211_select_queue(). Also, V-Shy Ho reported that the queue mapping was not being applied to the forwarded frame (fwd_skb instead of skb). Fixed that as well. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
cfee66b0 |
|
06-Sep-2011 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Stop forwarding mesh traffic when tx queues are full Tx flow control for non-mesh modes of operation only needs to act on the net device queues: when the hardware queues are full we stop accepting traffic from the net device. In mesh, however, we also need to stop forwarding traffic. This patch checks the hardware queues before attempting to forward a mesh frame. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2157fdd6 |
|
01-Sep-2011 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: check if mesh frame is in RMC after decrypt To check whether a frame is in the RMC, we need access to the mesh header. This header is encrypted in encrypted data frames, so make this check after the frame has been decrypted. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a21fa87e |
|
23-Aug-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: allow action frames with unknown BSSID in GO mode When operating as a P2P GO, we receive some P2P action frames where the BSSID is set to the peer MAC address. Specifically, this occurs for invitation responses. These are valid action frames and they should be passed up. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2a33bee2 |
|
17-Aug-2011 |
Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com> |
mac80211: fix race condition between assoc_done and first EAP packet When associating to an AP, the station might miss the first EAP packet that the AP sends due to a race condition between the association success procedure and the rx flow in mac80211. In such cases, the packet might fall in ieee80211_rx_h_check due to the fact that the relevant rx->sta wasn't allocated yet. Allocation of the relevant station info struct before actually sending the association request and setting it with a new dummy_sta flag solve this problem. The station will accept only EAP packets from the AP while it is in the pre-association/dummy state. This dummy station entry is not seen by normal sta_info_get() calls, only by sta_info_get_bss_rx(). The driver is not notified for the first insertion of the dummy station. The driver is notified only after the association is complete and the dummy flag is removed from the station entry. That way, all the rest of the code flow should be untouched by this change. Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
25d49e4d |
|
11-Aug-2011 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: update mesh path selection frame format Make mesh path selection frames Mesh Action category, remove outdated Mesh Path Selection category and defines, use updated reason codes, add mesh_action_is_path_sel for readability, and update/correct path selection IEs. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8db09850 |
|
12-Aug-2011 |
Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: update mesh peering frame format This patch updates the mesh peering frames to the format specified in the recently ratified 802.11s standard. Several changes took place to make this happen: - Change RX path to handle new self-protected frames - Add new Peering management IE - Remove old Peer Link IE - Remove old plink_action field in ieee80211_mgmt header These changes by themselves would either break peering, or work by coincidence, so squash them all into this patch. Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
95acac61 |
|
11-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow driver to disconnect after resume In WoWLAN, devices may use crypto keys for TX/RX and could also implement GTK rekeying. If the driver isn't able to retrieve replay counters and similar information from the device upon resume, or if the device isn't responsive due to platform issues, it isn't safe to keep the connection up as GTK rekey messages from during the sleep time could be replayed against it. The only protection against that is disconnecting from the AP. Modifying mac80211 to do that while it is resuming would be very complex and invasive in the case that the driver requires a reconfig, so do it after it has resumed completely. In that case, however, packets might be replayed since it can then only happen after TX/RX are up again, so mark keys for interfaces that need to disconnect as "tainted" and drop all packets that are sent or received with those keys. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9e26297a |
|
07-Jul-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: simplify RX PN/IV handling The current rx->queue value is slightly confusing. It is set to 16 on non-QoS frames, including data, and then used for sequence number and PN/IV checks. Until recently, we had a TKIP IV checking bug that had been introduced in 2008 to fix a seqno issue. Before that, we always used TID 0 for checking the PN or IV on non-QoS packets. Go back to the old status for PN/IV checks using the TID 0 counter for non-QoS by splitting up the rx->queue value into "seqno_idx" and "security_idx" in order to avoid confusion in the future. They each have special rules on the value used for non- QoS data frames. Since the handling is now unified, also revert the special TKIP handling from my patch "mac80211: fix TKIP replay vulnerability". Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
04b7dcf9 |
|
22-Jun-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
wireless: unify QoS control field definitions Move all that mac80211 has into the generic ieee80211.h header file and use them. At the same time move them from mask+shift to just bits and rename them for consistent names. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8b3becad |
|
13-May-2011 |
Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com> |
cfg80211: make stripping of 802.11 header optional from AMSDU Currently the devices that have already stripped IEEE 802.11 header from the AMSDU SKB can not use ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s routine. This patch enhances ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s() API by changing mandatory removing of IEEE 802.11 header from AMSDU to optional. Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
57cf8043 |
|
13-May-2011 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
nl80211: Move peer link state definition to nl80211 These definitions need to be exposed now that we can set the peer link states via NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE. They were already being (opaquely) reported by NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
79f460ca |
|
11-May-2011 |
Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> |
mac80211: add support for HW scheduled scan Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled scans. This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in order to avoid duplicate code. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d3aaec8a |
|
03-May-2011 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Drop MESH_PLINK category and use new ANA-approved MESH_ACTION Note: This breaks compatibility with previous mesh protocol instances. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
816c04fe |
|
30-Apr-2011 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: consolidate MIC failure report handling Currently, mac80211 handles MIC failures differently depending on whenever they are detected by the stack's own software crypto or when are handed down from the driver. This patch tries to unify both by moving the special branch out of mac80211 rx hotpath and into into the software crypto part. This has the advantage that we can run a few more sanity checks on the data and verify if the key type was TKIP. This is very handy because several devices generate false postive MIC failure reports. Like carl9170, ath9k and wl12xx: <http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-wireless/msg68494.html> "mac80211: report MIC failure for truncated packets in AP mode" Cc: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> Cc: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
334df731 |
|
24-Apr-2011 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: fix too early reorder release timer The release timer has to expire "just" after a frame is up for release. Currently, if the timer callback starts on time, the "!time_after" check above will start a new timer instead of releasing the frames. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
73b48099 |
|
18-Apr-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: explain padding in place of rate field Apparently this was confusing still ... add a note that the byte is needed as padding. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4114fa21 |
|
12-Apr-2011 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: receive EAP frames from a station in an AP VLAN on the main AP This makes it easier to handle moving stations to VLAN interfaces that are part of a different bridge. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
71839121 |
|
07-Apr-2011 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Let user space receive and send mesh auth/deauth frames Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fcf8bd3b |
|
01-Apr-2011 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Fix duplicate frames on cooked monitor Cleaning the ieee80211_rx_data.flags field here is wrong, instead the flags should be valid accross processing the frame on different interfaces. Fix this by removing the incorrect flags=0 assignment. Introduced in commit 554891e63a29af35cc6bb403ef34e319518114d0 (mac80211: move packet flags into packet). Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
25985edc |
|
30-Mar-2011 |
Lucas De Marchi <lucas.demarchi@profusion.mobi> |
Fix common misspellings Fixes generated by 'codespell' and manually reviewed. Signed-off-by: Lucas De Marchi <lucas.demarchi@profusion.mobi>
|
#
c835b214 |
|
15-Mar-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add comment about reordering Took me a minute to figure this out, maybe it's better documented... Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
499fe9a4 |
|
24-Mar-2011 |
Daniel Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu> |
mac80211: fix aggregation frame release during timeout Suppose the aggregation reorder buffer looks like this: x-T-R1-y-R2, where x and y are frames that have not been received, T is a received frame that has timed out, and R1,R2 are received frames that have not yet timed out. The proper behavior in this scenario is to move the window past x (skipping it), release T and R1, and leave the window at y until y is received or R2 times out. As written, this code will instead leave the window at R1, because it has not yet timed out. Fix this by exiting the reorder loop only when the frame that has not timed out AND there are skipped frames earlier in the current valid window. Signed-off-by: Daniel Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3af6334c |
|
27-Feb-2011 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add support for showing the last rx bitrate Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
6ebacbb7 |
|
23-Feb-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: rename RX_FLAG_TSFT The flag isn't very descriptive -- the intention is that the driver provides a TSF timestamp at the beginning of the MPDU -- make that clearer by renaming the flag to RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0c2530ce |
|
12-Feb-2011 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Remove superfluous if clause ieee80211_rx_h_check returned RX_DROP_MONITOR in case the if statement in question was true but the same return value is also used directly after the if clause. Hence, we can just drop the whole if clause and as such simplify the code. Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
38f37be2 |
|
06-Feb-2011 |
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mshajakhan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Update comments on radiotap MCS index mac80211 now supports passing MCS index to radiotap, so update the comments regarding this Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mshajakhan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4f312336 |
|
05-Feb-2011 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: as a 4-addr station, do not receive packets for other stations Since 4-addr frames completely override the source address which will make it into the converted 802.3 frames, receiving frames for other 4-addr stations will confuse the bridging code. To be able to handle traffic for all connected devices, the bridge code will automatically turn on promiscuous mode, which triggers this problem. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Reported-by: Steve Brown <sbrown@cortland.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b23b025f |
|
04-Feb-2011 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Optimize scans on current operating channel. This should decrease un-necessary flushes, on/off channel work, and channel changes in cases where the only scanned channel is the current operating channel. * Removes SCAN_OFF_CHANNEL flag, uses SDATA_STATE_OFFCHANNEL and is-scanning flags instead. * Add helper method to determine if we are currently configured for the operating channel. * Do no blindly go off/on channel in work.c Instead, only call appropriate on/off code when we really need to change channels. Always enable offchannel-ps mode when starting work, and disable it when we are done. * Consolidate ieee80211_offchannel_stop_station and ieee80211_offchannel_stop_beaconing, call it ieee80211_offchannel_stop_vifs instead. * Accept non-beacon frames when scanning on operating channel. * Scan state machine optimized to minimize on/off channel transitions. Also, when going on-channel, go ahead and re-enable beaconing. We're going to be there for 200ms, so seems like some useful beaconing could happen. Always enable offchannel-ps mode when starting software scan, and disable it when we are done. * Grab local->mtx earlier in __ieee80211_scan_completed_finish so that we are protected when calling hw_config(), etc. * Pass probe-responses up the stack if scanning on local channel, so that mlme can take a look. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b1f93314 |
|
04-Feb-2011 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: do not send duplicate data frames to the cooked monitor interface I can't think of a valid use case for this aside from debugging (which can also be done with a real monitor interface), and dropping these frames saves some precious CPU cycles. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8c99f691 |
|
02-Feb-2011 |
Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: do not restart ps timer during scan or offchannel While leaving oper channel, STA informs sleep state to AP to stop sending data. Till sending ack for the nullfunc, AP continues to send the data to STA which restarts ps_timer that is causing unnecessary nullfunc exchange on timer expiry when the STA was already moved to offchannel. So don't restart ps_timer on data reception during scan. This issue was identified by the following warning. WARNING: at net/mac80211/tx.c:661 invoke_tx_handlers+0xf07/0x1330 [mac80211] wlan0: Dropped data frame as no usable bitrate found while scanning and associated. Target station: 00:03:7f:0b:a6:1b on 5 GHz band Call Trace: [<ffffffffa0413ba7>] invoke_tx_handlers+0xf07/0x1330 [mac80211] [<ffffffffa0414056>] ieee80211_tx+0x86/0x2c0 [mac80211] [<ffffffffa0414345>] ieee80211_xmit+0xb5/0x1d0 [mac80211] [<ffffffffa04037e0>] ieee80211_dynamic_ps_enable_work+0x0/0xb0 [mac80211] [<ffffffffa04158cf>] ieee80211_tx_skb+0x4f/0x60 [mac80211] [<ffffffffa04026e6>] ieee80211_send_nullfunc+0x46/0x60 [mac80211] [<ffffffffa0403885>] ieee80211_dynamic_ps_enable_work+0xa5/0xb0 [mac80211] Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
771bbd09 |
|
01-Feb-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: pass up beacons from external BSS when operating as AP Beacons from external BSSes are required for updating overlapping BSS info (i.e. ERP protection). Pass them up unconditionally. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d057e5a3 |
|
31-Jan-2011 |
Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> |
mac80211: add HW flag for disabling auto link-PS in AP mode When operating in AP mode the wl1271 hardware filters out null-data packets as well as management packets. This makes it impossible for mac80211 to monitor the PS mode by using the PM bit of incoming frames. Implement a HW flag to indicate that mac80211 should ignore the PM bit. In addition, expose ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to make low-level drivers capable of controlling PS-mode. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
6d744bac |
|
27-Jan-2011 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add MCS information to radiotap This adds the MCS information we currently get from the drivers into radiotap. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b305dae4 |
|
08-Jan-2011 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Fix skb-copy failure debug message. This particular error isn't about multicast. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fbb327c5 |
|
18-Jan-2011 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: drop non-auth 3-addr data frames when running as a 4-addr station When running as a 4-addr station against an AP that has the 4-addr VLAN interface and the main 3-addr AP interface bridged together, sometimes frames originating from the station were looping back from the 3-addr AP interface, causing the bridge code to emit warnings about receiving frames with its own source address. I'm not sure why this is happening yet, but I think it's a good idea to drop all frames (except 802.1x/EAP frames) that do not match the configured addressing mode, including 4-address frames sent to a 3-address station. User test reports indicate that the problem goes away with this patch. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
707e6343 |
|
30-Dec-2010 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
Revert "mac80211: temporarily disable reorder release timer" This reverts enables the reorder release timer once again. The issues laid out in: <http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-wireless/msg57214.html> Have been addressed by: mac80211: serialize rx path workers mac80211: ignore PSM bit of reordered frames Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
24a8fdad |
|
30-Dec-2010 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: serialize rx path workers This patch addresses the issue of serialization between the main rx path and various reorder release timers. <http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-wireless/msg57214.html> It converts the previously local "frames" queue into a global rx queue [rx_skb_queue]. This way, everyone (be it the main rx-path or some reorder release timeout) can add frames to it. Only one active rx handler worker [ieee80211_rx_handlers] is needed. All other threads which have lost the race of "runnning_rx_handler" can now simply "return", knowing that the thread who had the "edge" will also take care of their workload. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4cfda47b |
|
27-Dec-2010 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: ignore PSM bit of reordered frames This patch tackles one of the problems of my reorder release timer patch from August. <http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-wireless/msg57214.html> => What if the reorder release triggers and ap_sta_ps_end (called by ieee80211_rx_h_sta_process) accidentally clears the WLAN_STA_PS_STA flag, because 100ms ago - when the STA was still active - frames were put into the reorder buffer. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
919bbad5 |
|
30-Dec-2010 |
Milton Miller <miltonm@bga.com> |
mac80211: fix mesh forwarding when ratelimited too Commit b51aff057c9d0ef6c529dc25fd9f775faf7b6c63 said: Under memory pressure, the mac80211 mesh code may helpfully print a message that it failed to clone a mesh frame and then will proceed to crash trying to use it anyway. Fix that. Avoid the reference whenever the frame copy is unsuccessful regardless of the debug message being suppressed or printed. Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.27+] Signed-off-by: Milton Miller <miltonm@bga.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e1e54068 |
|
30-Nov-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add throughput based LED blink trigger iwlwifi and other drivers like to blink their LED based on throughput. Implement this generically in mac80211, based on a throughput table the driver specifies. That way, drivers can set the blink frequencies depending on their desired behaviour and max throughput. All the drivers need to do is provide an LED class device, best with blink hardware offload. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b51aff05 |
|
22-Dec-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix mesh forwarding Under memory pressure, the mac80211 mesh code may helpfully print a message that it failed to clone a mesh frame and then will proceed to crash trying to use it anyway. Fix that. Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.27+] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c7108a71 |
|
16-Dec-2010 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Send mesh non-HWMP path selection frames to userspace Let path selection frames for protocols other than HWMP be sent to userspace via NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. Also allow userspace to send and receive mesh path selection frames. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
cf4e594e |
|
15-Dec-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
nl80211: Add notification for dropped Deauth/Disassoc Add a new notification to indicate that a received, unprotected Deauthentication or Disassociation frame was dropped due to management frame protection being in use. This notification is needed to allow user space (e.g., wpa_supplicant) to implement SA Query procedure to recover from association state mismatch between an AP and STA. This is needed to avoid getting stuck in non-working state when MFP (IEEE 802.11w) is used and a protected Deauthentication or Disassociation frame is dropped for any reason. After that, the station would silently discard any unprotected Deauthentication or Disassociation frame that could be indicating that the AP does not have association for the STA (when the Reason Code would be 6 or 7). IEEE Std 802.11w-2009, 11.13 describes this recovery mechanism. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
897bed8b |
|
09-Dec-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up RX key checks Using the default key for "any key set" isn't quite what we should do. It works, but with the upcoming changes it makes life unnecessarily complex, so do something better here and really check for "any key". Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
541a45a1 |
|
02-Dec-2010 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
nl80211/mac80211: Report signal average Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet. This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function. -- v2: fix ABI breakage and change factor to be a power of 2. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
08ca944e |
|
29-Nov-2010 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Minor optimization in ieee80211_rx_h_data Remove a superfluous ieee80211_is_data check as that was checked a few lines before already and we wont't get here for non-data frames at all. Second, the frame was already converted to 802.3 header format and reading the fc and addr1 fields was only possible because the 802.3 header is short enough and didn't overwrite the relevant parts of the 802.11 header. Make the code more obvious by checking the ethernet header's h_dest field. Furthermore reorder the conditions to reduce the number of checks when dynamic powersave is not needed (AP mode for example). Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8e26d5ad |
|
30-Nov-2010 |
Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilkumar@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Fix STA disconnect due to MIC failure Th commit titled "mac80211: clean up rx handling wrt. found_sta" removed found_sta variable which caused a MIC failure event to be reported twice for a single failure to supplicant resulted in STA disconnect. This should fix WPA specific countermeasures WiFi test case (5.2.17) issues with mac80211 based drivers which report MIC failure events in rx status. Cc: Stable <stable@kernel.org> (2.6.37) Signed-off-by: Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilkumar@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2c31333a |
|
29-Nov-2010 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: ignore non-bcast mcast deauth/disassoc franes This patch fixes an curious issue due to insufficient rx frame filtering. Saqeb Akhter reported frequent disconnects while streaming videos over samba: <http://marc.info/?m=128600031109136> > [ 1166.512087] wlan1: deauthenticated from 30:46:9a:10:49:f7 (Reason: 7) > [ 1526.059997] wlan1: deauthenticated from 30:46:9a:10:49:f7 (Reason: 7) > [ 2125.324356] wlan1: deauthenticated from 30:46:9a:10:49:f7 (Reason: 7) > [...] The reason is that the device generates frames with slightly bogus SA/TA addresses. e.g.: [ 2314.402316] Ignore 9f:1f:31:f8:64:ff [ 2314.402321] Ignore 9f:1f:31:f8:64:ff [ 2352.453804] Ignore 0d:1f:31:f8:64:ff [ 2352.453808] Ignore 0d:1f:31:f8:64:ff ^^ the group-address flag is set! (the correct SA/TA would be: 00:1f:31:f8:64:ff) Since the AP does not know from where the frames come, it generates a DEAUTH response for the (invalid) mcast address. This mcast deauth frame then passes through all filters and tricks the stack into thinking that the AP brutally kicked us! This patch fixes the problem by simply ignoring non-broadcast, group-addressed deauth/disassoc frames. Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Reported-by: Saqeb Akhter <saqeb.akhter@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
dd318575 |
|
29-Nov-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix RX aggregation locking The RX aggregation locking documentation was wrong, which led Christian to also code the timer timeout handling for it somewhat wrongly. Fix the documentation, the two places that need to hold the reorder lock across accesses to the structure, and the debugfs code that should just use RCU. Also, remove acquiring the sta->lock across reorder timeouts since it isn't necessary, and change a few places to GFP_KERNEL because the code path here doesn't need atomic allocations as I noticed when reviewing all this. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ccb14354 |
|
24-Nov-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
Revert "nl80211/mac80211: Report signal average" This reverts commit 86107fd170bc379869250eb7e1bd393a3a70e8ae. This patch inadvertantly changed the userland ABI. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
86107fd1 |
|
15-Nov-2010 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
nl80211/mac80211: Report signal average Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet. This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
50a9432d |
|
16-Nov-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix powersaving clients races The code to handle powersaving stations has a race: when the powersave flag is lifted from a station, we could transmit a packet that is being processed for TX at the same time right away, even if there are other frames queued for it. This would cause frame reordering. To fix this, lift the flag only under the appropriate lock that blocks TX. Additionally, the code to allow drivers to block a station while frames for it are on the HW queue is never re-enabled the station, so traffic would get stuck indefinitely. Fix this by clearing the flag for this appropriately. Finally, as an optimisation, don't do anything if the driver unblocks an already unblocked station. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
15943a72 |
|
08-Oct-2010 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: temporarily disable reorder release timer Several serve threading problems in the current release reorder timer implementation have been discovered. A lengthy discussion - which lists some of the pitfalls and possible solutions - can be found at: http://marc.info/?t=128635927000001 But due to the complicated nature of the subject and the imminent advent of a new -rc cycle, it was decided to disable the feature for the time being. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e31b8213 |
|
05-Oct-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: allow per-station GTKs This adds API to allow adding per-station GTKs, updates mac80211 to support it, and also allows drivers to remove a key from hwaccel again when this may be necessary due to multiple GTKs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1be7fe8d |
|
01-Oct-2010 |
Bill Jordan <bjordan@rajant.com> |
mac80211: fix for WDS interfaces Initialize the rate table for WDS interfaces, and add cases to allow WDS packets to pass the xmit and receive tests. Signed-off-by: Bill Jordan <bjordan@rajant.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
554891e6 |
|
23-Sep-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move packet flags into packet commit 8c0c709eea5cbab97fb464cd68b06f24acc58ee1 Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Date: Wed Nov 25 17:46:15 2009 +0100 mac80211: move cmntr flag out of rx flags moved the CMNTR flag into the skb RX flags for some aggregation cleanups, but this was wrong since the optimisation this flag tried to make requires that it is kept across the processing of multiple interfaces -- which isn't true for flags in the skb. The patch not only broke the optimisation, it also introduced a bug: under some (common!) circumstances the flag will be set on an already freed skb! However, investigating this in more detail, I found that most of the flags that we set should be per packet, _except_ for this one, due to a-MPDU processing. Additionally, the flags used for processing (currently just this one) need to be reset before processing a new packet. Since we haven't actually seen bugs reported as a result of the wrong flags handling (which is not too surprising -- the only real bug case I can come up with is an a-MSDU contained in an a-MPDU), I'll make a different fix for rc. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4080c7cd |
|
24-Sep-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix release_reorder_timeout in scan Even if the reorder timeout timer fires while scanning, the frames weren't received during scanning and therefore shouldn't be dropped. To implement this, changes to the passive scan RX handler simplify understanding it, because it currently checks HW_SCANNING independently of a packet's in-scan receive status (which doesn't make a big difference, since scan_rx() will only pick up probe responses and beacons, which can't be aggregated.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4b0dd98e |
|
24-Sep-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: clean up rx handling wrt. found_sta If a station was found, then we'll have exited the function already, so it is not necessary to have a variable keeping track of it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4406c376 |
|
24-Sep-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: consolidate packet processing There are now four instances of vaguely the same code that does packet preparation, checking for MMIC errors and reporting them, and then invoking packet processing. Consolidate all of these. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
20b01f80 |
|
24-Sep-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove prepare_for_handlers sdata argument The first argument to prepare_for_handlers is always the sdata that can just be stored in rx data directly (and even already is, in two of four code paths.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7c1e1831 |
|
24-Sep-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
Revert "mac80211: fix use-after-free" This reverts commit cd87a2d3a33d75a646f1aa1aa2ee5bf712d6f963. Author reports it conflicts with proper fixes, applied hereafter. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
56af3268 |
|
23-Sep-2010 |
Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> |
mac80211: Support receiving data frames on multiple vifs. When using multiple STA interfaces on the same radio, some data packets need to be received on all interfaces (broadcast, for instance). Make the STA loop look similar to the mgt-data loop. Also, add logic to check RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR for last interface in mgt-data loop. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
cd87a2d3 |
|
24-Sep-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix use-after-free commit 8c0c709eea5cbab97fb464cd68b06f24acc58ee1 Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Date: Wed Nov 25 17:46:15 2009 +0100 mac80211: move cmntr flag out of rx flags moved the CMTR flag into the skb's status, and in doing so introduced a use-after-free -- when the skb has been handed to cooked monitors the status setting will touch now invalid memory. Additionally, moving it there has effectively discarded the optimisation -- since the bit is only ever set on freed SKBs, and those were a copy, it could never be checked. For the current release, fixing this properly is a bit too involved, so let's just remove the problematic code and leave userspace with one copy of each frame for each virtual interface. Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.33+] Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2ca27bcf |
|
16-Sep-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: add p2p device type support When a driver advertises p2p device support, mac80211 will handle it, but internally it will rewrite the interface type to STA/AP rather than P2P-STA/GO since otherwise a lot of paths need to be touched that are otherwise identical. A p2p boolean tells drivers whether or not a given interface will be used for p2p or not. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a621fa4d |
|
27-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow changing port control protocol Some vendor specified mechanisms for 802.1X-style functionality use a different protocol than EAP (even if EAP is vendor-extensible). Support this in mac80211 via the cfg80211 API for it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3ffc2a90 |
|
27-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: allow vendor specific cipher suites Allow drivers to specify their own set of cipher suites to advertise vendor-specific ciphers. The driver is then required to implement hardware crypto offload for it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2c15a0cf |
|
24-Aug-2010 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: fix rcu-unsafe pointer dereference This patch fixes a potential crash (null-pointer de- reference) which was introduced in my previous patch: "mac80211: AMPDU rx reorder timeout timer" During a BA teardown, the pointer to the soon-to-be-gone tid_ampdu_rx element will be nullified. Therefore the release timer mechanism has to be careful not to accidentally access the item without any RCU protection. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0fb9a9ec |
|
20-Aug-2010 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
net/mac80211: Use wiphy_<level> Standardize logging messages from printk(KERN_<level> "%s: " fmt , wiphy_name(foo), args); to wiphy_<level>(foo, fmt, args); Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2e161f78 |
|
12-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: extensible frame processing Allow userspace to register for more than just action frames by giving the frame subtype, and make it possible to use this in various modes as well. With some tweaks and some added functionality this will, in the future, also be usable in AP mode and be able to replace the cooked monitor interface currently used in that case. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
dc1580dd |
|
10-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: remove unused status flag checks The decryption code verifies whether or not a given frame was decrypted and verified by hardware. This is unnecessary, as the crypto RX handler already does it long before the decryption code is even invoked, so remove that code to avoid confusion. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
97359d12 |
|
10-Aug-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use cipher suite selectors Currently, mac80211 translates the cfg80211 cipher suite selectors into ALG_* values. That isn't all too useful, and some drivers benefit from the distinction between WEP40 and WEP104 as well. Therefore, convert it all to use the cipher suite selectors. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2bff8ebf |
|
04-Aug-2010 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: AMPDU rx reorder timeout timer This patch introduces a new timer, which will release queued-up MPDUs from the reorder buffer, whenever they've waited for more than HT_RX_REORDER_BUF_TIMEOUT (which is at around 100 ms). The advantage of having a dedicated timer, instead of relying on a constant stream of freshly arriving aMPDUs to release the old ones, is particularly observable when even a small fraction of MPDUs are forever lost at low network speeds. Previously under these circumstances frames would become stuck in the reorder buffer and the network stack of both HT peers throttled back, instead of revving up and gunning the pipes. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
071d9ac2 |
|
04-Aug-2010 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: remove unused rate function parameter This patch removes a few stale parameters and variables which survived the last, large rx-path reorganization: "mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code" Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
aa0c8636 |
|
04-Aug-2010 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: put rx handlers into separate functions This patch takes the reorder logic from the RX path and moves it into separate routines to make the expired frame release accessible. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fc885189 |
|
30-Jul-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: don't check rates on PLCP error frames Frames that failed PLCP error checks are most likely microwave transmissions (well, maybe not ...) and don't have a proper rate detected, so ignore it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5548a8a1 |
|
24-Jun-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: use netif_receive_skb in ieee80211_rx callpath This avoids the extra queueing from calling netif_rx. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
292b4df6 |
|
24-Jun-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: don't shadow mgmt variable in ieee80211_rx_h_action net/mac80211/rx.c:2059:39: warning: symbol 'mgmt' shadows an earlier one net/mac80211/rx.c:1916:31: originally declared here Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9190252c |
|
11-Jun-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Use a separate CCMP PN receive counter for management frames When management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is used, we must use a separate counter for tracking received CCMP packet number for the management frames. The previously used NUM_RX_DATA_QUEUESth queue was shared with data frames when QoS was not used and that can cause problems in detecting replays incorrectly for robust management frames. Add a new counter just for robust management frames to avoid this issue. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8b58ff83 |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix mgmt frame accounting The recent change to processing action frames from the management frame queue had already broken action frame accounting, and my rework didn't help either. So add back accounting and simplify the code with a label rather than duplicating it, and also add accounting for management frames. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a87f736d |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: use RCU for RX aggregation Currently we allocate some memory for each RX aggregation session and additionally keep a flag indicating whether or not it is valid. By using RCU to protect the pointer and making sure that the memory is fully set up before it becomes visible to the RX path, we can remove the need for the bool that indicates validity, as well as for locking on the RX path since it is always synchronised against itself, and we can guarantee that all other modifications are done when the structure is not visible to the RX path. The net result is that since we remove locking requirements from the RX path, we can in the future use any kind of lock for the setup and teardown code paths. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c1475ca9 |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move aggregation callback processing This moves the aggregation callback processing to the per-sdata skb queue and a work function rather than the tasklet. Unfortunately, this means that it extends the pkt_type hack to that skb queue. However, it will enable making ampdu_action API changes gradually, my current plan is to get rid of this again by forcing drivers to only return from ampdu_action() when everything is done, thus removing the callbacks completely. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
344eec67 |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: move blockack stop due to fragmentation There's a corner case where we receive a fragmented frame during a blockack session, in which case we will terminate that session. To simplify future work in this area that will culminate in allowing the driver callbacks for aggregation to sleep, move the processing of this case out of the RX path into the interface work. This will simplify future work because the new place for this code doesn't require that the function will always be atomic, which the RX path needs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
bed7ee6e |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: always process blockack action from workqueue To prepare for making the ampdu_action callback sleep, make mac80211 always process blockack action frames from the skb queue. This gets rid of the current special case for managed mode interfaces as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
77a121c3 |
|
10-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: pull mgmt frame rx into rx handler Some code is duplicated between ibss, mesh and managed mode regarding the queueing of management frames. Since all modes now use a common skb queue and a common work function, we can pull the queueing code into the rx handler directly and remove the duplicated length checks etc. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9d38d85d |
|
09-Jun-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: allow action frame TX/RX in IBSS When in IBSS mode, currently action frame TX and RX cannot be used. Allow using it to talk to any peer, or for public action frames. Also, while at it, restructure the code in mac80211 to make it easier to add this for other interface types in the future. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8b9a4e6e |
|
28-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: process station blockack action frames from work Processing an association response could take a bit of time while we set up the hardware etc. During that time, the AP might already send a blockack request. If this happens very quickly on a fairly slow machine, we can end up processing the blockack request before the association processing has finished. Since the blockack processing cannot sleep right now, we also cannot make it wait in the driver. As a result, sometimes on slow machines the iwlagn driver gets totally confused, and no traffic can pass when the aggregation setup was done before the assoc setup completed. I'm working on a proper fix for this, which involves queuing all blockack category action frames from a work struct, and also allowing the ampdu_action driver callback to sleep, which will generally clean up the code and make things easier. However, this is a very involved and complex change. To fix the problem at hand in a way that can also be backported to stable, I've come up with this patch. Here, I simply process all aggregation action frames from the managed interface skb queue, which means their processing will be serialized with processing the association response, thereby fixing the problem. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
08daecae |
|
30-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: drop control frames after processing After ieee80211_rx_h_ctrl() processing we only want to process management (including action) frames, so there's no point in letting control frames continue. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
761ab470 |
|
28-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move WEP weak IV check I suspect the compiler will do this optimisation anyway, but it seems cleaner to move this into the WEP switch case. Also make rx_h_decrypt use a local variable for the frame_control so that we don't need to reload the hdr variable for this after linearizing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
bc10502d |
|
03-Jun-2010 |
Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> |
net: use __packed annotation cleanup patch. Use new __packed annotation in net/ and include/ (except netfilter) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
8ae5977f |
|
30-May-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix blockack-req processing Daniel reported that the paged RX changes had broken blockack request frame processing due to using data that wasn't really part of the skb data. Fix this using skb_copy_bits() for the needed data. As a side effect, this adds a check on processing too short frames, which previously this code could do. Reported-by: Daniel Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Daniel Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
058897a4 |
|
11-May-2010 |
Abhijeet Kolekar <abhijeet.kolekar@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix paged defragmentation Paged RX skb patch broke the defragmentation. We need to read hdr again after linearization. It fixes following bug http://bugzilla.intellinuxwireless.org/show_bug.cgi?id=2194 Signed-off-by: Zhu, Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Abhijeet Kolekar <abhijeet.kolekar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f5c044e5 |
|
30-Apr-2010 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: remove deprecated noise field from ieee80211_rx_status Also remove associated IEEE80211_HW_NOISE_DBM from ieee80211_hw_flags. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
39184b15 |
|
08-Apr-2010 |
Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> |
mac80211: delay skb linearising in rx decryption We delay the skb linearising in ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt so that frames do not require software decryption are not linearized. We are safe to do this because ieee80211_get_mmie_keyidx() only requires to touch nonlinear data for management frames, which are already linearized before getting here. Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
97ad9139 |
|
29-Mar-2010 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Moved mesh action codes to a more visible location Grouped mesh action codes together with the other action codes in ieee80211.h. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8c11e4ab |
|
07-Apr-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix paged RX crypto WEP crypto was broken, but upon finding the problem it is evident that other things were broken by the paged RX patch as well. To fix it, for now move the linearising in front. This means that we linearise all frames, which is not at all what we want, but at least it fixes the problem for now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Acked-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
54297e4d |
|
06-Apr-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix some RX aggregation locking A few places in mac80211 do not currently acquire the sta lock for RX aggregation, but they should. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
098a6070 |
|
06-Apr-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up/fix aggregation code The aggregation code has a number of quirks, like inventing an unneeded WLAN_BACK_TIMER value and leaking memory under certain circumstances during station destruction. Fix these issues by using the regular aggregation session teardown code and blocking new aggregation sessions, all before the station is really destructed. As a side effect, this gets rid of the long code block to destroy aggregation safely. Additionally, rename tid_state_rx which can only have the values IDLE and OPERATIONAL to tid_active_rx to make it easier to understand that there is no bitwise stuff going on on the RX side -- the TX side remains because it needs to keep track of the driver and peer states. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
66b0470a |
|
06-Apr-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove ieee80211_sta_stop_rx_ba_session All callers of ieee80211_sta_stop_rx_ba_session can just call __ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session instead because they already have the station struct, so do that and remove ieee80211_sta_stop_rx_ba_session. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d211e90e |
|
28-Mar-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: Fix robust management frame handling (MFP) Commit e34e09401ee9888dd662b2fca5d607794a56daf2 incorrectly removed use of ieee80211_has_protected() from the management frame case and in practice, made this validation drop all Action frames when MFP is enabled. This should have only been done for frames with Protected field set to zero. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1cb561f8 |
|
29-Mar-2010 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Handle mesh action frames in ieee80211_rx_h_action This fixes the problem introduced in commit 8404080568613d93ad7cf0a16dfb68 which broke mesh peer link establishment. changes: v2 Added missing break (Johannes) v3 Broke original patch into two (Johannes) Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Cc: stable@kernel.org Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e3efca0a |
|
28-Mar-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: Fix drop_unencrypted for MFP with hwaccel Commit bef5d1c70d132145c0fc75b3586a19841a9a82e4 split ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() into separate functions that are used for Data and Management frames. However, it did not handle the RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED correctly for Management frames: ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() can only return 0 for Management frames, so there is no point in calling it here. Instead, just check the status->flag directly. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fa83a218 |
|
30-Mar-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: Fix dropping of unprotected robust multicast frames When selecting the RX key for group-addressed robust management frames, we do not actually select any BIP key if the frame is unprotected (since we cannot find the key index from MMIE). This results in the drop_unencrypted check in failing to drop the frame. It is enough to verify that we have a STA entry for the transmitter and that MFP is enabled for that STA; we do not need to check rx->key here. This fixes BIP processing for unprotected, group-addressed, robust management frames. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e3cf8b3f |
|
29-Mar-2010 |
Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> |
mac80211: support paged rx SKBs Mac80211 drivers can now pass paged SKBs to mac80211 via ieee80211_rx{_irqsafe}. The implementation currently use skb_linearize() in a few places i.e. management frame handling, software decryption, defragmentation and A-MSDU process. We will optimize them one by one later. Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi> Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5a0e3ad6 |
|
24-Mar-2010 |
Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> |
include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
|
#
62bb2ac5 |
|
17-Feb-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: deprecate RX status noise The noise value as is won't be used, isn't filled by most drivers and doesn't really make a whole lot of sense on a per packet basis -- proper cfg80211 survey support in mac80211 will need to be different. Mark the struct member as deprecated so it will be removed from drivers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
bef5d1c7 |
|
16-Feb-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: split ieee80211_drop_unencrypted Currently, ieee80211_drop_unencrypted is called from management and data frame context, and the different contexts pass different frames. This could lead to it processing an 802.3 frame as an 802.11 frame when MFP is enabled. Move the MFP part of ieee80211_drop_unencrypted into a new function that is only called for mgmt frames. Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
026331c4 |
|
14-Feb-2010 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
cfg80211/mac80211: allow registering for and sending action frames This implements a new command to register for action frames that userspace wants to handle instead of the in-kernel rejection. It is then responsible for rejecting ones that it decided not to handle. There is no unregistration, but the socket can be closed for that. Frames that are not registered for will not be forwarded to userspace and will be rejected by the kernel, the cfg80211 API helps implementing that. Additionally, this patch adds a new command that allows doing action frame transmission from userspace. It can be used either to exchange action frames on the current operational channel (e.g., with the AP with which we are currently associated) or to exchange off-channel Public Action frames with the remain-on-channel command. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
84040805 |
|
14-Feb-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: reject unhandled action frames 802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to reject action frames we don't handle by setting the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd is responsible for this. Additionally, drop completely malformed action frames or ones that should've been encrypted as unusable, userspace shouldn't see those. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e15276a4 |
|
08-Feb-2010 |
Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Reset dynamic ps timer in Rx path. The current mac80211 implementation enables power save if there is no Tx traffic for a specific timeout. Hence, PS is triggered even if there is a continuous Rx only traffic(like UDP) going on. This makes the drivers to wait on the tim bit in the next beacon to awake which leads to redundant sleep-wake cycles. Fix this by restarting the dynamic ps timer on receiving every data packet. Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com> CC: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
34e89507 |
|
03-Feb-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep Many drivers would like to sleep during station addition and removal, and currently have a high complexity there from not being able to. This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to fail. The reason we didn't do this previously is that the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep. This patch will keep the station allocation in that path, but moves adding the station to the driver out of line. Since the addition can now fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver rejected -- in that case we still talk to the station but never tell the driver about it in the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be a driver that has a low limit on the number of stations and that cannot talk to any stations that are not known to it, we need to do come up with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs, maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4754ffd6 |
|
31-Jan-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: fix sta lookup for received action frames on an AP VLAN When looking for a matching interface, __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet loops over all active interfaces, looking for matching stations. Because AP VLAN interfaces are not processed as part of this loop, it needs to use sta_info_get_bss instead of sta_info_get in order to find a STA that has been moved to a VLAN. This fixes issues with aggregation setup/teardown. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4bb29f8c |
|
21-Jan-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: fix rx data handling for non-data frames on multiple vifs The loop that passes non-data frames to all relevant vifs inside the __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet keeps a pointer to the previous sdata to avoid having to make unnecessary copies of the frame it's handling. This led to a bug that caused it to apply the ieee80211_rx_data state to the wrong interface, thereby either missing the rx.sta pointer or having it assigned where it shouldn't be. This breaks (among other things) aggregation on some vifs, as action frame exchages are dropped to the cooked monitor interface due to rx->sta being NULL. Fix this by restructuring the loop so that it prepares the rx data just before making the skb copy and calling the rx handlers. Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d524215f |
|
08-Jan-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: use nullfunc frames for 4-addr sta detection To detect incoming 4-addr stations, hostapd needs to receive a 4-addr data frame from the remote station, so that it can create the AP VLAN for it. With this patch, the mlme code emits a 4-addr nullfunc frame immediately after assoc. On the AP side it also drops 4-addr nullfunc frames to the cooked monitor mode interface, if the interface hasn't been fully set up to receive 4-addr data frames yet. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d7907448 |
|
07-Jan-2010 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: add missing sanity checks for action frames Various missing sanity checks caused rejected action frames to be interpreted as channel switch announcements, which can cause a client mode interface to switch away from its operating channel, thereby losing connectivity. This patch ensures that only spectrum management action frames are processed by the CSA handling function and prevents rejected action frames from getting processed by the MLME code. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
cf0277e7 |
|
05-Jan-2010 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix skb buffering issue Since I removed the master netdev, we've been keeping internal queues only, and even before that we never told the networking stack above the virtual interfaces about congestion. This means that packets are queued in mac80211 and the upper layers never know, possibly leading to memory exhaustion and other problems. This patch makes all interfaces multiqueue and uses ndo_select_queue to put the packets into queues per AC. Additionally, when the driver stops a queue, we now stop all corresponding queues for the virtual interfaces as well. The injection case will use VO by default for non-data frames, and BE for data frames, but downgrade any data frames according to ACM. It needs to be fleshed out in the future to allow chosing the queue/AC in radiotap. Reported-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.32] Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
af6b6374 |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: generalise work handling In order to use auth/assoc for different purposes other than MLME, it needs to be split up. For other purposes, a generic work handling (potentially on another channel) will be useful. To achieve that, this patch moves much of the MLME work handling out of mlme into a new work API. The API can currently handle probing a specific AP, authentication and association. The MLME previously handled probe/authentication as one step and will continue to do so, but they are separate in the new work handling. Work items are RCU-managed to be able to check for existence of an item for a specific frame in the RX path, but they can be re-used which the MLME right now will do for its combined probe/auth step. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9607e6b66 |
|
23-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add ieee80211_sdata_running Instead of always using netif_running(sdata->dev) use ieee80211_sdata_running(sdata) now which is just an inline containing netif_running() for now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
eaf85ca7 |
|
30-Nov-2009 |
Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> |
wireless: add ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s Move the A-MSDU handling code from mac80211 to cfg80211 so that more drivers can use it. The new created function ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s converts an A-MSDU frame to a list of 802.3 frames. Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
59d9cb07 |
|
17-Dec-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: remove payload alignment warning The payload alignment warning enabled by MAC80211_DEBUG_PACKET_ALIGNMENT is difficult. To fix it, a firmware change is needed but in most cases that's very difficult. So the benefit from the warning is low and most probably it just creates more confusion for people who just enable all warnings (like it did for me). Remove the unaligned IP payload warning and the kconfig option. But leave the unaligned packet warning, it will be enabled with MAC80211_VERBOSE_DEBUG. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
12375ef9 |
|
25-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: trace interface name It's not all that useful to have the vif/sdata pointer, we'd rather refer to the interfaces by their name. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
47846c9b |
|
25-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so prepare for that by reducing the reliance on having a netdev. This patch moves the name and address fields into the sdata struct and uses them from there all over. Some work is needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not a lot of work and in slow paths anyway. In doing so, this also reduces the number of pointer dereferences in many places, because of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming sdata->vif.addr. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
abe60632 |
|
25-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make station management completely depend on vif The station management currently uses the virtual interface, but you cannot add the same station to multiple virtual interfaces if you're communicating with it in multiple ways. This restriction should be lifted so that in the future we can, for instance, support bluetooth 3 with an access point that mac80211 is already associated to. We can do that by requiring all sta_info_get users to provide the virtual interface and making the RX code aware that an address may match more than one station struct. Thanks to the previous patches this one isn't all that large and except for the RX and TX status paths changes has low complexity. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5d618cb8 |
|
09-Dec-2009 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Fixed bug in mesh portal paths Paths to mesh portals were being timed out immediately after each use in intermediate forwarding nodes. mppath->exp_time is set to the expiration time so assigning it to jiffies was marking the path as expired. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d29cecda |
|
04-Dec-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix reorder buffer release My patch "mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code" uses an skb queue for MPDUs that were released from the buffer. I intentially didn't initialise and use the skb queue's spinlock, but in this place forgot that the code variant that doesn't touch the spinlock is needed. Thanks to Christian Lamparter for quickly spotting the bug in the backtrace Reinette reported. Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> Bug-identified-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com> Tested-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
f64f9e71 |
|
29-Nov-2009 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
net: Move && and || to end of previous line Not including net/atm/ Compiled tested x86 allyesconfig only Added a > 80 column line or two, which I ignored. Existing checkpatch plaints willfully, cheerfully ignored. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
2569a826 |
|
25-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb to release it later. The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be in the rx flags now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1edfb1af |
|
25-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move aMPDU RX reorder code This code should be part of RX handlers, so move it to the place where it belongs without changing it. A follow-up patch will do the changes to hook it up. The sole purpose of this code move is to make the other patch readable, it doesn't change the code at all except that it now requires a different static function declaration (which will go away too). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8c0c709e |
|
25-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move cmntr flag out of rx flags The RX flags should soon be used only for flags that cannot change within an a-MPDU, so move the cooked monitor flag into the RX status flags. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9bc383de |
|
19-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: introduce capability for 4addr mode It's very likely that not many devices will support four-address mode in station or AP mode so introduce capability bits for both modes, set them in mac80211 and check them when userspace tries to use the mode. Also, keep track of 4addr in cfg80211 (wireless_dev) and not in mac80211 any more. mac80211 can also be improved for the VLAN case by not looking at the 4addr flag but maintaining the station pointer for it correctly. However, keep track of use_4addr for station mode in mac80211 to avoid all the derefs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
62ae67be |
|
18-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove encrypt parameter from ieee80211_tx_skb Since the flags moved into skb->cb, there's no longer a need to have the encrypt bool passed into the function, anyone who requires it set to 0 (false) can just set the flag directly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5f0b7de5 |
|
16-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: improve rate handling Some code currently assumes that there's a valid rate pointer even in the HT case, but there can't be. To reduce reliance on that, remove the rate pointer from the RX data struct and pass it where it's needed. Also, for now, in radiotap announce HT frames as having a DYN channel type, and remove their rate from cooked monitor radiotap completely (it isn't present in the regular monitor radiotap either.) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
eb9fb5b8 |
|
16-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: trim RX data The RX data contains the netdev, which is duplicated since we have the sdata, and the RX status pointer, which is duplicate since we have the skb. Remove those two fields to have fewer fields that depend on each other and simply load them as necessary. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a02ae758 |
|
15-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: cleanup reorder buffer handling The reorder buffer handling is written in a quite peculiar style (especially comments) and also has a quirk where it invokes the entire reorder code in ieee80211_sta_manage_reorder_buf() for just a handful of lines in it with a special argument. Split out ieee80211_release_reorder_frames which can then be invoked from BAR handling and other reordering code, clean up code and comments and remove function arguments that are now unused from ieee80211_sta_manage_reorder_buf(). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
af2ced6a |
|
15-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: push michael MIC report after DA check When we receive a michael MIC failure report from the hardware we currently do not check whether it is actually reported on a frame that is destined to us. It shouldn't be possible to get a michael MIC failure report on other frames, but it also doesn't hurt to verify. Also, since we then don't need the station struct that early, move looking it up a bit later in the RX path. Finally, while at it, a few code cleanups in the area. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f501dba4 |
|
11-Nov-2009 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: fix broadcast frame handling for 4-addr AP VLANs Without this patch, broadcast frames from the station behind a 4-addr AP VLAN would be reflected back to the source. Fix this by checking the 4-addr flag before bridging multicast frames in the cell. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e5d6eb83 |
|
09-Nov-2009 |
Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> |
mac80211: fix max HT rate processing on mac80211 The max MCS index is 76, fix the higher check to allow through frames received at MCS 76. This is a non-issue for current drivers as MCS 76 is only possible with a device supporting 4 spatial streams. While at it change the WARN_ON() on invalid HT rates to a WARN() to provide more useful information. This will help debug issues when the driver is passing up a bogus HT rate value. The rate must map to a valid MCS index which can be any of the values in the set [0 - 76] (inclusive). Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f14543ee |
|
10-Nov-2009 |
Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> |
mac80211: implement support for 4-address frames for AP and client mode In some situations it might be useful to run a network with an Access Point and multiple clients, but with each client bridged to a network behind it. For this to work, both the client and the AP need to transmit 4-address frames, containing both source and destination MAC addresses. With this patch, you can configure a client to communicate using only 4-address frames for data traffic. On the AP side you can enable 4-address frames for individual clients by isolating them in separate AP VLANs which are configured in 4-address mode. Such an AP VLAN will be limited to one client only, and this client will be used as the destination for all traffic on its interface, regardless of the destination MAC address in the packet headers. The advantage of this mode compared to regular WDS mode is that it's easier to configure and does not require a static list of peer MAC addresses on any side. Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0938393f |
|
09-Nov-2009 |
Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com> |
mac80211: update peer link management IE and action frames Update the length and format of the peer link management action frames. Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com> Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
af818581 |
|
06-Nov-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: async station powersave handling Some devices require that all frames to a station are flushed when that station goes into powersave mode before being able to send frames to that station again when it wakes up or polls -- all in order to avoid reordering and too many or too few frames being sent to the station when it polls. Normally, this is the case unless the station goes to sleep and wakes up very quickly again. But in that case, frames for it may be pending on the hardware queues, and thus races could happen in the case of multiple hardware queues used for QoS/WMM. Normally this isn't a problem, but with the iwlwifi mechanism we need to make sure the race doesn't happen. This makes mac80211 able to cope with the race with driver help by a new WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER per-station flag that can be controlled by the driver and tells mac80211 whether it can transmit frames or not. This flag must be set according to very specific rules outlined in the documentation for the function that controls it. When we buffer new frames for the station, we normally set the TIM bit right away, but while the driver has blocked transmission to that sta we need to avoid that as well since we cannot respond to the station if it wakes up due to the TIM bit. Once the driver unblocks, we can set the TIM bit. Similarly, when the station just wakes up, we need to wait until all other frames are flushed before we can transmit frames to that station, so the same applies here, we need to wait for the driver to give the OK. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ff9458d3 |
|
29-Oct-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove sent_ps_buffered This variable is set once, and tested once. However, the code path that can set it is mutually exclusive with the code path that tests it, so the test is always true. Thus we also don't need to set it either and can just remove the variable. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
22403def |
|
29-Oct-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: also drop qos-nullfunc frames silently We drop nullfunc frames, but not qos-nullfunc frames, even though those could be used for PS state control as well. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c27f2fde |
|
29-Oct-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: deprecate qual value This value is unused by mac80211, because it was only be used by wireless extensions, and turned out to not be useful there because the quality value needs to be comparable between scan results and the current value which is impossible when the qual value is calculated taking into account noise, for example. Since it is unused anyway, this patch deprecates it in the hope that drivers will remove their sometimes quite expensive calculations of the value. I'm open to actual uses of the value, but the best way of using it seems to be what the Intel drivers do which should probably be generalised if we have noise values from the hardware. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8ce0b589 |
|
28-Oct-2009 |
Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> |
mac80211: make align adjustment code support paged SKB This fixed a BUG_ON in __skb_trim() when paged rx is used in iwlwifi driver. Yes, the whole mac80211 stack doesn't support paged SKB yet. But let's start the work slowly from small code snippets. Reported-and-tested-by: Abhijeet Kolekar <abhijeet.kolekar@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0869aea0 |
|
28-Oct-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP While there may be a case for a driver adding its own bits of radiotap information, none currently does. Also, drivers would have to copy the code to generate the radiotap bits that now mac80211 generates. If some driver in the future needs to add some driver-specific information I'd expect that to be in a radiotap vendor namespace and we can add a different way of passing such data up and having mac80211 include it. Additionally, rename IEEE80211_CONF_RADIOTAP to IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR since it's still used by b43(legacy) to obtain per-frame timestamps. The purpose of this patch is to simplify the RX code in mac80211 to make it easier to add paged skb support. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
6a86b9c7 |
|
28-Oct-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix radiotap header generation In commit 601ae7f25aea58f208a7f640f6174aac0652403a Author: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Date: Thu May 8 19:22:43 2008 +0200 mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible code was added that tried to align the radiotap header position in memory based on the radiotap header length. Quite obviously, that is completely useless. Instead of trying to do that, use unaligned accesses to generate the radiotap header. To properly do that, we also need to mark struct ieee80211_radiotap_header packed, but that is fine since it's already packed (and it should be marked packed anyway since its a wire format). Cc: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
43b7b314 |
|
15-Oct-2009 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Learn about mesh portals from multicast traffic Mesh portals proxy traffic for nodes external to the mesh. When a proxied frame is received by a mesh interface, it should update its mesh portal table. This was only happening for unicast frames. With this change we also learn about mesh portals from proxied multicast frames. Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d20ef63d |
|
11-Oct-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: document ieee80211_rx() context requirement ieee80211_rx() must be called with softirqs disabled since the networking stack requires this for netif_rx() and some code in mac80211 can assume that it can not be processing its own tasklet and this call at the same time. It may be possible to remove this requirement after a careful audit of mac80211 and doing any needed locking improvements in it along with disabling softirqs around netif_rx(). An alternative might be to push all packet processing to process context in mac80211, instead of to the tasklet, and add other synchronisation. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fbc44bf7 |
|
01-Oct-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix vlan and optimise RX When receiving data frames, we can send them only to the interface they belong to based on transmitting station (this doesn't work for probe requests). Also, don't try to handle other frames for AP_VLAN at all since those interface should only receive data. Additionally, the transmit side must check that the station we're sending a frame to is actually on the interface we're transmitting on, and not transmit packets to functions that live on other interfaces, so validate that as well. Another bug fix is needed in sta_info.c where in the VLAN case when adding/removing stations we overwrite the sdata variable we still need. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
77a980dc |
|
24-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix RX skb leaks In mac80211's RX path some of the warnings that warn about drivers passing invalid status values leak the skb, fix that by refactoring the code. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ea77f12f |
|
21-Aug-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove tasklet enable/disable Due to the way the tasklets work in mac80211 there's no need to ever disable them. However, we need to clear the pending packets when taking down the last interface because otherwise the tx_pending_tasklet might be queued if the driver mucks with the queues (which it shouldn't). I've had a situation occasionally with ar9170 in which ksoftirq was using 100% CPU time because a disabled tasklet was scheduled, and I think that was due to ar9170 receiving a packet while the tasklet was disabled. That's strange and it really should not do that for other reasons, but there's no need to waste that much CPU time over it, it should just warn instead. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
103bf9f7 |
|
20-Aug-2009 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: remove ieee80211_rx namespace hack With the libipw naming scheme change, it is no longer necessary for mac80211 to avoid the ieee80211_rx name clash. Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c8a61a7d |
|
18-Aug-2009 |
Daniel Walker <dwalker@fifo99.com> |
mac80211: New stat counters for multicast and unicast forwarded frames This expands on the current fwded_frames stat counter which should be equal to the total of these two new counters. The new counters are called "fwded_mcast" and "fwded_unicast". Signed-off-by: Daniel Walker <dwalker@fifo99.com> Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3c5772a5 |
|
10-Aug-2009 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Use 3-address format for mesh broadcast frames. The 11s task group recently changed the frame mesh multicast/broadcast frame format to use 3-address. This was done to avoid interactions with widely deployed lazy-WDS access points. This patch changes the format of group addressed frames, both mesh-originated and proxied, to use the data format defined in draft D2.08 and forward. The address fields used for group addressed frames is: In 802.11 header ToDS:0 FromDS:1 addr1: DA (broadcast/multicast address) addr2: TA addr3: Mesh SA In address extension header: addr4: SA (only present if frame was proxied) Note that this change breaks backward compatibility with earlier mesh stack versions. Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
89c3a8ac |
|
28-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix suspend Jan reported that his b43-based laptop hangs during suspend. The problem turned out to be mac80211 asking the driver to stop the hardware before removing interfaces, and interface removal caused b43 to touch the hardware (while down, which causes the hang). This patch fixes mac80211 to do reorder these operations to have them in the correct order -- first remove interfaces and then stop the hardware. Some more code is necessary to be able to do so in a race-free manner, in particular it is necessary to not process frames received during quiescing. Fixes http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=13337. Reported-by: Jan Scholz <scholz@fias.uni-frankfurt.de> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3fa52056 |
|
24-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix PS-poll response, race When a station queries us for a PS-poll response, we wrongly queue the frame on the virtual interface's queue rather than the pending queue. Additionally, fix a race condition where we could potentially send multiple frames to the sleeping station due to using a station flag rather than a packet flag. When converting to a packet flag, we can also convert p54 and remove the filter clearing we added for it. (Also remove a now dead function) Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Reported-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Tested-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com> Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
142b9f50 |
|
23-Jul-2009 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: implement basic background scanning Introduce a new scan flag "SCAN_OFF_CHANNEL" which basically tells us that we are currently on a different channel for scanning and cannot RX/TX. "SCAN_SW_SCANNING" tells us that we are currently running a software scan but we might as well be on the operating channel to RX/TX. While "SCAN_SW_SCANNING" is set during the whole scan "SCAN_OFF_CHANNEL" is set when leaving the operating channel and unset when coming back. Introduce two new scan states "SCAN_LEAVE_OPER_CHANNEL" and "SCAN_ENTER_OPER_CHANNEL" which basically implement the functionality we need to leave the operating channel (send a nullfunc to the AP and stop the queues) and enter it again (send a nullfunc to the AP and start the queues again). Enhance the scan state "SCAN_DECISION" to switch back to the operating channel after each scanned channel. In the future it sould be simple to enhance the decision state to scan as much channels in a row as the qos latency allows us. Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fbe9c429 |
|
22-Jul-2009 |
Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> |
mac80211: Replace {sw, hw}_scanning variables with a bitfield Use a bitfield to store the current scan mode instead of two boolean variables {sw,hw}_scanning. This patch does not introduce functional changes but allows us to enhance the scan flags later (for example for background scanning). Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5061b0c2 |
|
13-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: cooperate more with network namespaces There are still two places in mac80211 that hardcode the initial net namespace (init_net). One of them is mandated by cfg80211 and will be removed by a separate patch, the other one is used for finding the network device of a pending packet via its ifindex. Remove the latter use by keeping track of the device pointer itself, via the vif pointer, and avoid it going stale by dropping pending frames for a given interface when the interface is removed. To keep track of the vif pointer for the correct interface, change the info->control.vif pointer's internal use to always be the correct vif, and only move it to the vif the driver expects (or NULL for monitor interfaces and injected packets) right before giving the packet to the driver. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
249b405c |
|
07-Jul-2009 |
Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: Fix regression in mesh forwarding path. The removal of the master netdev broke the mesh forwarding path. This patch fixes it by using the new internal 'pending' queue. As a result of this change, mesh forwarding no longer does the inefficient 802.11 -> 802.3 -> 802.11 conversion that was done before. [Changes since v1] Suggested by Johannes: - Select queue before adding to mpath queue - ieee80211_add_pending_skb -> ieee80211_add_pending_skbs - Remove unnecessary header wme.h Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com> Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3b8d81e0 |
|
17-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove master netdev With the internal 'pending' queue system in place, we can simply put packets there instead of pushing them off to the master dev, getting rid of the master interface completely. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b291ba11 |
|
10-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: monitor the connection With the recent MLME rework I accidentally removed the connection monitoring code. In order to add it back, this patch will add new code to monitor both for beacon loss and for the connection actually working, with possibly separate triggers. When no unicast frames have been received from the AP for (currently) two seconds, we will send the AP a probe request. Also, when we don't see beacons from the AP for two seconds, we do the same (but those times need not be the same due to the way the code is now written). Additionally, clean up the parameters to the ieee80211_set_disassoc() function that I need here, those are all useless except sdata. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
77fdaa12 |
|
06-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rework MLME for multiple authentications Sit tight. This shakes up the world as you know it. Let go of your spaghetti tongs, they will no longer be required, the horrible statemachine in net/mac80211/mlme.c is no more... With the cfg80211 SME mac80211 now has much less to keep track of, but, on the other hand, for FT it needs to be able to keep track of at least one authentication being in progress while associated. So convert from a single state machine to having small ones for all the different things we need to do. For real FT it will still need work wrt. PS, but this should be a good step. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e6d6e342 |
|
01-Jul-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211: use proper allocation flags Instead of hardcoding GFP_ATOMIC everywhere, add a new function parameter that gets the flags from the caller. Obviously then I need to update all callers (all of them in mac80211), and it turns out that now it's ok to use GFP_KERNEL in almost all places. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f1d58c25 |
|
17-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: push rx status into skb->cb Within mac80211, we often need to copy the rx status into skb->cb. This is wasteful, as drivers could be building it in there to start with. This patch changes the API so that drivers are expected to pass the RX status in skb->cb, now accessible as IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(skb). It also updates all drivers to pass the rx status in there, but only by making them memcpy() it into place before the call to the receive function (ieee80211_rx(_irqsafe)). Each driver can now be optimised on its own schedule. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8f77f384 |
|
07-Jun-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: do not pass PS frames out of mac80211 again In order to handle powersave frames properly we had needed to pass these out to the device queues again, and introduce the skb->requeue bit. This, however, also has unnecessary overhead by needing to 'clean up' already tried frames, and this clean-up code is also buggy when software encryption is used. Instead of sending the frames via the master netdev queue again, simply put them into the pending queue. This also fixes a problem where frames for that particular station could be reordered when some were still on the software queues and older ones are re-injected into the software queue after them. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
dacb6f1d |
|
04-Jun-2009 |
Matthieu CASTET <castet.matthieu@free.fr> |
mac80211 : fix unaligned rx skb mac80211 is checking is the skb is aligned on 32 bit boundary. But it is checking against ethernet header, whereas Linux expect IP header aligned. And ethernet ether size is 6*2+2=14, so aligning ethernet header make IP header unaligned. Signed-off-by: Matthieu CASTET <castet.matthieu@free.fr> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e31a16d6 |
|
21-May-2009 |
Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> |
wireless: move some utility functions from mac80211 to cfg80211 The patch moves some utility functions from mac80211 to cfg80211. Because these functions are doing generic 802.11 operations so they are not mac80211 specific. The moving allows some fullmac drivers to be also benefit from these utility functions. Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
cc32abd4 |
|
15-May-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move channel switch code The channel switch code is currently in the spectrum management file, where arguably it belongs. However, it is for managed mode only and uses the structures for that mode only so having it in a more generic file can be confusing. Additionally, my next patch gets simpler with the code here. When/if we ever implement this for IBSS or mesh then we will need to rework the structures it uses anyway at which point we could move the code back. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f2ca3ea4 |
|
07-May-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: MFP - Drop unprotected Action frames prior key setup When management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is used, unprotected Robust Action frames are not allowed prior to key configuration. However, unprotected Deauthentication and Disassociation frames are allowed at that point, but not after key configuration. Make ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() handle the special cases for MFP by separating the basic Data frame case from Management frame processing and handle the Management frames only if MFP has been negotiated. In addition, do not use sdata->drop_unencrypted for Management frames since the decision on whether to accept the frame depends on the key being configured. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0c7c10c7 |
|
07-May-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Drop unencrypted frames based on key setup When using nl80211, we do not have a mechanism to set sdata->drop_unencrypted. Currently, this breaks code that is supposed to drop unencrypted frames when protection is expected since ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt() is optimized to not set rx->key when the frame is not protected. This patch modifies ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt() to set rx->key for all frames and only skip decryption if the frame is not protected. This allows ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() to correctly drop frames even if drop_unencrypted is not set. The changes here are not enough to handle all cases, though. Additional patches will be needed to implement proper IEEE 802.1X PAE for station mode (currently, this is only used for AP mode) and some additional rules are needed for MFP to drop unprotected Robust Action frames prior to having PTK and IGTK configured. In theory, the unprotected frames could and should be dropped in ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt(). However, due to the special case with EAPOL frames that have to be allowed to be received unprotected even when keys are set, it is simpler to only set rx->key and allow the ieee80211_frame_allowed() function to handle the actual dropping of data frames after 802.11->802.3 header conversion. In addition, unprotected robust management frames are dropped before they are processed. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
aec67952 |
|
05-May-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Comment the order of HT RX reorder handler vs. RX handlers We are currently processing block ack reordering as a separate task before all other RX handlers. In theory, this is wrong since this step should be done only after duplicate removal (see Figure 6-1 in IEEE 802.11n). However, moving this needs some work and the current situation is not too bad. Add a comment here so that this small detail does not get forgotten and who knows, maybe someone has some extra time to take a look at cleaning this up. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4d050f1d |
|
05-May-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Add a timeout for frames in the RX reorder buffer This patch allows skbs to be released from the RX reorder buffer in case they have been there for an unexpectedly long time without us having received the missing frames before them. Previously, these frames were only released when the reorder window moved and that could take very long time unless new frames were received constantly (e.g., TCP connections could be killed more or less indefinitely). This situation should not happen very frequently, but it looks like there are some scenarious that trigger it for some reason. As such, this should be considered mostly a workaround to speed up recovery from unexpected siutation that could result in connections hanging for long periods of time. The changes here will only check for timeout situation when adding new RX frames to the reorder buffer. It does not handle all possible cases, but seems to help for most cases that could result from common network usage (e.g., TCP retrying at least couple of times). For more completely coverage, a timer could be used to periodically check whether there are any frames remaining in the reorder buffer if no new frames are received. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2d3babd1 |
|
05-May-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Use a shared function to release frames from RX reorder buf No need to duplicate the same code in two places (and that would be three after the followup patch). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
24487981 |
|
23-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add driver ops wrappers In order to later add tracing or verifications to the driver calls mac80211 makes, this patch adds static inline wrappers for all operations. All calls are now written as drv_<op>(local, ...); instead of local->ops-><op>(&local->hw, ...); Where necessary, the wrappers also do existence checking and return default values as appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a3b8b056 |
|
27-Mar-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
nl80211: Add Michael MIC failure event Define a new nl80211 event, NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, to be used to notify user space about locally detected Michael MIC failures. This matches with the MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive. Since we do not actually have TSC in the skb anymore when mac80211_ev_michael_mic_failure() is called, that function is changed to take in the TSC as an optional parameter instead of as a requirement to include the TSC after the hdr field (which we did not really follow). For now, TSC is not included in the events from mac80211, but it could be added at some point. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d1bcb9f1 |
|
20-Apr-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix alignment calculation bug When checking whether or not a given frame needs to be moved to be properly aligned to a 4-byte boundary, we use & 4 which wasn't intended, this code should check the lowest two bits. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b3631286 |
|
25-Mar-2009 |
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Fix bug in getting rx status for frames pending in reorder buffer Currently rx status for frames which are completed from reorder buffer is taken from it's cb area which is not always right, cb is not holding the rx status when driver uses mac80211's non-irq rx handler to pass it's received frames. This results in dropping almost all frames from reorder buffer when security is enabled by doing double decryption (first in hw, second in sw because of wrong rx status). This patch copies rx status into cb area before the frame is put into reorder buffer. After this patch, there is a significant improvement in throughput with ath9k + WPA2(AES). Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: stable@kernel.org Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3832c287 |
|
24-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix RX path My previous patch ("mac80211: remove mixed-cell and userspace MLME code") was too obvious to me, so obvious that a stupid bug crept in. The IBSS RX function must be invoked for IBSS, of course, not anything != IBSS. Reported-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Tested-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
15b7b062 |
|
22-Mar-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: track beacons separately from the rx path activity Separate beacon and rx path tracking in preparation for the beacon filtering support. At the same time change ieee80211_associated() to look a bit simpler. Probe requests are now sent only after IEEE80211_PROBE_IDLE_TIME, which is now set to 60 seconds. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3cf335d5 |
|
22-Mar-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: decrease execution of the associated timer Currently the timer is triggering every two seconds (IEEE80211_MONITORING_INTERVAL). Decrease the timer to only trigger during data idle periods to avoid waking up CPU unnecessary. The timer will still trigger during idle periods, that needs to be fixed later. There's also a functional change that probe requests are sent only when the data path is idle, earlier they were sent also while there was activity on the data path. This is also preparation for the beacon filtering support. Thanks to Johannes Berg for the idea. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7986cf95 |
|
21-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove mixed-cell and userspace MLME code Neither can currently be set from userspace, so there's no regression potential, and neither will be supported from userspace since the new userspace APIs allow the SME, which is in userspace, to control all we need. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
aae89831 |
|
12-Mar-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
wireless: radiotap updates Radiotap was updated to include a "bad PLCP" flag and standardise the "bad FCS" flag in the "flags" rather than "RX flags" field, this patch updates Linux to that standard. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
46900298 |
|
14-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: split IBSS/managed code This patch splits out the ibss code and data from managed (station) mode. The reason to do this is to better separate the state machines, and have the code be contained better so it gets easier to determine what exactly a given change will affect, that in turn makes it easier to understand. This is quite some churn, especially because I split sdata->u.sta into sdata->u.mgd and sdata->u.ibss, but I think it's easier to maintain that way. I've also shuffled around some code -- null function sending is only applicable to managed interfaces so put that into that file, some other functions are needed from various places so put them into util, and also rearranged the prototypes in ieee80211_i.h accordingly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8abd3f9b |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: restrict aggregation to supported interface modes We can only support aggregation on AP/STA right now. HT isn't defined for IBSS, WDS or MESH. In the WDS/MESH cases it's not clear what to put into the IBSS field, and we don't handle that in the code at all. Also fix the code to handle VLAN correctly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
20ad19d0 |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix RX aggregation timeouts The values are in TUs (1.024ms), not ms. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7ab17c45 |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove bssid argument from prepare_for_handlers It's a little confusing to get the BSSID outside the function and pass it in, when it's only needed for this function, so change that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
572e0012 |
|
10-Feb-2009 |
Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> |
mac80211: use ps-poll when dynamic power save mode is disabled When a directed tim bit is set, mac80211 currently disables power save ands sends a null frame to the AP. But if dynamic power save is disabled, mac80211 will not enable power save ever gain. Fix this by adding ps-poll functionality to mac80211. When a directed tim bit is set, mac80211 sends a ps-poll frame to the AP and checks for the more data bit in the returned data frames. Using ps-poll is slower than waking up with null frame, but it's saves more power in cases where the traffic is low. Userspace can control if either ps-poll or null wakeup method is used by enabling and disabling dynamic power save. Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7fee5372 |
|
30-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove HW_SIGNAL_DB Giving the signal in dB isn't much more useful to userspace than giving the signal in unspecified units. This removes some radiotap information for zd1211 (the only driver using this flag), but it helps a lot for getting cfg80211-based scanning which won't support dB, and zd1211 being dB is a little fishy anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c1b4aa3f |
|
29-Jan-2009 |
Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> |
wireless: replace uses of __constant_{endian} The base versions handle constant folding now. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ebe6c7ba |
|
10-Jan-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: Fix radiotap header it_present on big endian CPUs When the IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_RATE flag was moved to be conditional, it was mistakenly left without cpu_to_le32(). Fix that. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f4f727a6 |
|
10-Jan-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: Mark ieee80211_process_sa_query_req() static This function is only used within rx.c, so mark it static. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
97ebe12a |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: 802.11w - Drop unprotected robust management frames if MFP is used Use ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() to decide whether a received frame should be dropped with management frames, too. If MFP is negotiated, unprotected robust management frames will be dropped. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fea14732 |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: 802.11w - SA Query processing Process SA Query Requests for client mode in mac80211. AP side processing of SA Query Response frames is in user space (hostapd). Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3cfcf6ac |
|
08-Jan-2009 |
Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> |
mac80211: 802.11w - Use BIP (AES-128-CMAC) Add mechanism for managing BIP keys (IGTK) and integrate BIP into the TX/RX paths. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d1c3a37c |
|
06-Jan-2009 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clarify alignment docs, fix up alignment Not all drivers are capable of passing properly aligned frames, in particular with mesh networking no hardware will support completely aligning it correctly. This patch adds code to align the data payload to a 4-byte boundary in memory for those platforms that require this, or when CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUG_PACKET_ALIGNMENT is set. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c481ec97 |
|
05-Jan-2009 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Add 802.11h CSA support Move to the advertised channel on reception of a CSA element. This is needed for 802.11h compliance. Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8d6f658e |
|
15-Dec-2008 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Remove radiotap rate-present flag for HT Since we do not currently report HT rates (MCS index) in radiotap header for HT rates, we should not claim the rate is present. The rate octet itself is used as padding in this case, so only the it_present flag needs to be removed in case of HT rates. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0fb8ca45 |
|
12-Dec-2008 |
Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Add HT rates into RX status reporting This patch adds option for HT-enabled drivers to report HT rates (HT20/HT40, short GI, MCS index) to mac80211. These rates are currently not in the rate table, so the rate_idx is used to indicate MCS index. Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ab1f5c0b |
|
11-Dec-2008 |
Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com> |
mac80211: misc cleanups This patch removes unneeded member (skbuff) from ieee80211_ibss_add_sta() method in its declaration (in ieee80211_i.h) and its callers (in rx.c and mlme.c) This patch removes unneeded member from struct ieee80211_rx_data in ieee80211_i.h. (Originally posted as two patches. -- JWL) Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
89fad578 |
|
09-Dec-2008 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> |
mac80211: integrate sta_notify_ps cmds into sta_notify This patch replaces the newly introduced sta_notify_ps function, which can be used to notify the driver about every power state transition for all associated stations, by integrating its functionality back into the original sta_notify callback. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4571d3bf |
|
29-Nov-2008 |
Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> |
mac80211: add sta_notify_ps callback This patch is necessary in order to provide a proper Access point support for p54. Unfortunately for us, there is no documented way to disable the interfering power save buffering mechanism in firmware completely. Therefore we give in and notify the driver through our new sta_notify_ps callback, so that we can update the filter state. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@web.de> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
72eaa43a |
|
26-Nov-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: only transition STAs ps->wake on data frames When a station goes to PS mode to scan, it will then send probe requests without the PS bit set. mac80211 will take that as indication that the station woke up, but it didn't. This patch changes mac80211 to only consider doze->wake transitions on data frames to to fix that issue. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8b30b1fe |
|
23-Oct-2008 |
Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> |
mac80211: Re-enable aggregation Wireless HW without any dedicated queues for aggregation do not need the ampdu_queues mechanism present right now in mac80211. Since mac80211 is still incomplete wrt TX MQ changes, do not allow aggregation sessions for drivers that set ampdu_queues. This is only an interim hack until Intel fixes the requeue issue. Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Luis Rodriguez <Luis.Rodriguez@Atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4393dce9 |
|
23-Oct-2008 |
Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: allow all interfaces types to handle RX action frames Eliminate the vif.type check in ieee80211_rx_h_action. This check is unnecessary (these action frames can be handled by all interface types) and currently prevents, for example, AP interfaces from handling BACK action frames such as ADDBA and DELBA requests. Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c6a1fa12 |
|
06-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: minor code cleanups Nothing very interesting, some checkpatch inspired stuff, some other things. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
0c68ae26 |
|
27-Oct-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: convert to %pM away from print_mac Also remove a few stray DECLARE_MAC_BUF that were no longer used at all. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
bf94e17b |
|
13-Oct-2008 |
Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> |
net/mac80211/rx.c: fix build error older versions of gcc do not recognize that ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding() is unused when CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH is disabled: net/built-in.o: In function `ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding': rx.c:(.text+0xd89af): undefined reference to `mpp_path_lookup' rx.c:(.text+0xd89c6): undefined reference to `mpp_path_add' as this code construct: if (ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(&sdata->vif)) CALL_RXH(ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding); still causes ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding() to be linked in. Protect these places with an #ifdef. commit b0dee578 ("Fix modpost failure when rx handlers are not inlined.") solved part of this problem - this patch is still needed. Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
b0dee578 |
|
27-Sep-2008 |
Davide Pesavento <davidepesa@gmail.com> |
Fix modpost failure when rx handlers are not inlined. When CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH=n and CONFIG_MAC80211_NOINLINE=y, gcc doesn't optimize out a call to ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding, even if the previous comparison is always false in this case. This leads to the following errors during modpost: ERROR: "mpp_path_lookup" [net/mac80211/mac80211.ko] undefined! ERROR: "mpp_path_add" [net/mac80211/mac80211.ko] undefined! Fix by removing the possibility of uninlining ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding rx handler. Signed-off-by: Davide Pesavento <davidepesa@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2ff6a6d4 |
|
17-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix mesh action frame handling When I split off the action frame handling I made the code drop all action frames we don't want to handle. This is wrong since some action frames are actually handled via rx_h_mgmt through being queued to the sta/mesh implementations. Thanks to Li YanBo for noticing the problem. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Li YanBo <dreamfly281@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
79617dee |
|
21-Sep-2008 |
YanBo <dreamfly281@gmail.com> |
mac80211: mesh portal functionality support Currently the mesh code doesn't support bridging mesh point interfaces with wired ethernet or AP to construct an MPP or MAP. This patch adds code to support the "6 address frame format packet" functionality to mesh point interfaces. Now the mesh network can be used as backhaul for end to end communication. Signed-off-by: Li YanBo <dreamfly281@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
133b8226 |
|
16-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make master iface not wireless There's no need to register the master netdev with cfg80211, in fact, this is quite dangerous and lead to having to add checks for the master interface all over the config handlers. This patch removes the "ieee80211_ptr" from the master iface in favour of having a small netdev_priv() associated with the master interface that stores the ieee80211_local pointer. Because of this, a lot of code in the configuration handlers can go away. To make this patch easier to verify I have also removed a number of wiphy_priv() calls in favour of getting the sdata first and then the local pointer from that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
17741cdc |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: share STA information with driver This patch changes mac80211 to share some more data about stations with drivers. Should help iwlwifi and ath9k when they get around to updating, and might also help with implementing rate control algorithms without internals. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
05c914fe |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: use nl80211 interface types There's really no reason for mac80211 to be using its own interface type defines. Use the nl80211 types and simplify the configuration code a bit: there's no need to translate them any more now. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ccd7b362 |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up some comments Some comments refer to 80211.o or similar; also remove a comment about implementing fragments better, we really have better things to do. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c2b13452 |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up scan namespace Most of the scan functions are called ieee80211_sta_scan_* or similar, make clean it up so they are all just called ieee80211_scan_*. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
213cd118 |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make bridge_packets a virtual interface option The bridge_packets configuration really should be per virtual interface (theoretically per AP/VLAN, but this is much easier); there currently is no way to set it yet though. Also invert the option to "NO_BRIDGE_PACKETS" so the default is to bridge. While at it, also document the flags properly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
472dbc45 |
|
10-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: split off mesh handling entirely This patch splits off mesh handling from the STA/IBSS. Unfortunately it increases mesh code size a bit, but I think it makes things clearer. The patch also reduces per-interface run-time memory usage. Also clean up a few places where ifdef is not required. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
759ef3eb |
|
09-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make ieee80211_rx_h_mgmt more readable That function isn't exactly easy to read especially since it does something in an if branch that continues after the if because the else returns. Express it in a more readable way. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
39192c0b |
|
09-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move spectrum management code out Like the HT code, this doesn't depend on the STA-mode implementation and can be handled entirely independently. There's only stub code for now, but when it gets filled having it in its own file will be beneficial. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
de1ede7a |
|
09-Sep-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make BA session handling independent of STA mode The aggregation handling isn't dependent on anything related to our STA-mode implementation, and doesn't need to depend on it for frame processing. This patch moves the relevant code to ht.c and adds a hook in rx.c. For now, the relevant action frames are only processed in STA/IBSS modes, but that's now something we can easily change. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8e1535d5 |
|
03-Sep-2008 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: Fix rate scale initialization in IBSS This patch address some IBSS rate issues introduced or not covered by "mac80211: eliminate IBSS warning in rate_lowest_index()" and "cfg80211 API for channels/bitrates, mac80211 and driver conversion". This patch: 1. Moves addition of IBSS station from prepare_for_handlers to ieee80211_rx_bss_info when triggered from beacon eliminating bogus supported rates. 2. Initialize properly supported rates also in IBSS merging 3. Ensure that mandatory rates are always added into supported rates. This is needed in case when station addition is triggered from non beacon/probe packet. Some management frames need to be sent 4. Remove initialization of supported rates from self rates. This path was dead code after 6bc37c06bc4 and in general incorrect. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Cc: Vladimir Koutny <vlado@work.ksp.sk> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f698d856 |
|
02-Aug-2008 |
Jasper Bryant-Greene <jasper@amiton.co.nz> |
replace net_device arguments with ieee80211_{local,sub_if_data} as appropriate This patch replaces net_device arguments to mac80211 internal functions with ieee80211_{local,sub_if_data} as appropriate. It also does the same for many 802.11s mesh functions, and changes the mesh path table to be indexed on sub_if_data rather than net_device. If the mesh part needs to be a separate patch let me know, but since mesh uses a lot of mac80211 functions which were being converted anyway, the changes go hand-in-hand somewhat. This patch probably does not convert all the functions which could be converted, but it is a large chunk and followup patches will be provided. Signed-off-by: Jasper Bryant-Greene <jasper@amiton.co.nz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a4b7d7bd |
|
15-Jul-2008 |
Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> |
mac80211: remove rx/tx_data->fc member Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
358c8d9d |
|
15-Jul-2008 |
Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> |
mac80211: use ieee80211 frame control directly Remove the last users of the rx/tx_data->fc data members and use the le16 frame_control from the header directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b73d70ad |
|
15-Jul-2008 |
Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> |
mac80211: rx.c/tx.c remove more users of tx/rx_data->fc Those functions that still use ieee80211_get_hdrlen are moved over to use the little endian frame control. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9deb1ae5 |
|
30-Jul-2008 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
mac80211: radiotap: assume modulation from rates use the rates ERP flag to derive CCK or OFDM modulation for the radiotap header. (it might be more correct to get this information from the hardware itself, but it seems safe to assume this in most practical cases.) Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b4f28bbb |
|
30-Jul-2008 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
mac80211: add rx status flag for short preamble and use it for the radiotap header Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e32f85f7 |
|
05-Aug-2008 |
Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: fix use of skb->cb for mesh forwarding Now we deal with mesh forwarding before the 802.11->802.3 conversion, thus eliminating a few unnecessary steps. The next hop lookup is called from ieee80211_master_start_xmit() instead of subif_start_xmit(). Until the next hop is found, RA in the frame will be all zeroes for frames originating from the device. For forwarded frames, RA will contain the TA of the received frame, which will be necessary to send a path error if a next hop is not found. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1411f9b5 |
|
10-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix RX sequence number check According to 802.11-2007, we are doing the wrong thing in the sequence number checks when receiving frames. This fixes it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2560b6e2 |
|
09-Jul-2008 |
Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> |
mac80211: Fix ieee80211_rx_reorder_ampdu: ignore QoS null packets This patch fixes the check at the entrance to ieee80211_rx_reorder_ampdu. This check has been broken by 'mac80211: rx.c use new helpers'. Letting QoS NULL packet in ieee80211_rx_reorder_ampdu led to packet loss in RX. Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3e122be0 |
|
09-Jul-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make master netdev handling sane Currently, almost every interface type has a 'bss' pointer pointing to BSS information. This BSS information, however, is for a _local_ BSS, not for the BSS we joined, so having it on a STA mode interface makes little sense, but now they have it pointing to the master device, which is an AP mode virtual interface. However, except for some bitrate control data, this pointer is only used in AP/VLAN modes (for power saving stations.) Overall, it is not necessary to even have the master netdev be a valid virtual interface, and it doesn't have to be on the list of interfaces either. This patch changes the master netdev to be special, it now - no longer is on the list of virtual interfaces, which lets me remove a lot of tests for that - no longer has sub_if_data attached, since that isn't used Additionally, this patch changes some vlan/ap mode handling that is related to these 'bss' pointers described above (but in the VLAN case they actually make sense because there they point to the AP they belong to); it also adds some debugging code to IEEE80211_DEV_TO_SUB_IF to validate it is not called on the master netdev any more. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a7767f95 |
|
02-Jul-2008 |
Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> |
mac80211: remove trivial rx_data->fc users Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
238f74a2 |
|
02-Jul-2008 |
Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> |
mac80211: move QOS control helpers into ieee80211.h Also remove the WLAN_IS_QOS_DATA inline after removing the last two users. This starts moving away from using rx->fc to using the header frame_control directly. Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f4ea83dd |
|
30-Jun-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rework debug settings and make debugging safer This patch reworks the mac80211 debug settings making them more focused and adding help text for those that didn't have one. It also removes a number of printks that can be triggered remotely and add no value, e.g. "too short deauthentication frame received - ignoring". If somebody really needs to debug that they should just add a monitor interface and look at the frames in wireshark. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
49461622 |
|
30-Jun-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: get rid of function pointers in RX path This changes the RX path to no longer use function pointers for RX handlers but rather invoke them directly. If debugging is enabled, mark the RX handlers noinline because otherwise they all get inlined into ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers() which makes it harder to see where a bug is. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
182503ab |
|
22-Jun-2008 |
Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> |
mac80211: rx.c use new frame control helpers Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
87291c02 |
|
13-Jun-2008 |
Vladimir Koutny <vlado@work.ksp.sk> |
mac80211: eliminate IBSS warning in rate_lowest_index() In IBSS mode prior to join/creation of new IBSS it is possible that a frame from unknown station is received and an ibss_add_sta() is called. This will cause a warning in rate_lowest_index() since the list of supported rates of our station is not initialized yet. The fix is to add ibss stations with a rate we received that frame at; this single-element set will be extended later based on beacon data. Also there is no need to store stations from a foreign IBSS. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Koutny <vlado@ksp.sk> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
87228f57 |
|
11-Jun-2008 |
Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> |
mac80211: rx.c use new helpers Signed-off-by: Harvey Harrison <harvey.harrison@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
c97c23e3 |
|
28-May-2008 |
Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilkumar@atheros.com> |
mac80211: fix alignment issue with compare_ether_addr() This addresses an alignment issue with compare_ether_addr(). The addresses passed to compare_ether_addr should be two bytes aligned. It may function properly in x86 platform. However may not work properly on IA-64 or ARM processor. This also fixes a typo in mlme.c where the sk_buff struct name is incorect. Though sizeof() works for any incorrect structure pointer name as its just a pointer length that we want, lets just fix it. Signed-off-by: Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilkumar@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9e72ebd6 |
|
21-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove channel use statistics The useless channel use statistics are quite a lot of code, currently use integer divisions in the packet fast path, are rather inaccurate since they do not account for retries and finally nobody even cares. Hence, remove them completely. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e039fa4a |
|
14-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move TX info into skb->cb This patch converts mac80211 and all drivers to have transmit information and status in skb->cb rather than allocating extra memory for it and copying all the data around. To make it fit, a union is used where only data that is necessary for all steps is kept outside of the union. A number of fixes were done by Ivo, as well as the rt2x00 part of this patch. Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
601ae7f2 |
|
08-May-2008 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
mac80211: make rx radiotap header more flexible use hw flags and rx flags to determine which fields are present in the header and use all available information from the driver. make sure radiotap header starts at a naturally aligned address (mod 8) for all radiotap fields. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
566bfe5a |
|
08-May-2008 |
Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> |
mac80211: use hardware flags for signal/noise units trying to clean up the signal/noise code. the previous code in mac80211 had confusing names for the related variables, did not have much definition of what units of signal and noise were provided and used implicit mechanisms from the wireless extensions. this patch introduces hardware capability flags to let the hardware specify clearly if it can provide signal and noise level values and which units it can provide. this also anticipates possible new units like RCPI in the future. for signal: IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC - unspecified, unknown, hw specific IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB - dB difference to unspecified reference point IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM - dBm, difference to 1mW for noise we currently only have dBm: IEEE80211_HW_NOISE_DBM - dBm, difference to 1mW if IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB is used the driver has to provide the maximum value (max_signal) it reports in order for applications to make sense of the signal values. i tried my best to find out for each driver what it can provide and update it but i'm not sure (?) for some of them and used the more conservative guess in doubt. this can be fixed easily after this patch has been merged by changing the hardware flags of the driver. DRIVER SIGNAL MAX NOISE QUAL ----------------------------------------------------------------- adm8211 unspec(?) 100 n/a missing at76_usb unspec(?) (?) unused missing ath5k dBm dBm percent rssi b43legacy dBm dBm percent jssi(?) b43 dBm dBm percent jssi(?) iwl-3945 dBm dBm percent snr+more iwl-4965 dBm dBm percent snr+more p54 unspec 127 n/a missing rt2x00 dBm n/a percent rssi+tx/rx frame success rt2400 dBm n/a rt2500pci dBm n/a rt2500usb dBm n/a rt61pci dBm n/a rt73usb dBm n/a rtl8180 unspec(?) 65 n/a (?) rtl8187 unspec(?) 65 (?) noise(?) zd1211 dB(?) 100 n/a percent drivers/net/wireless/ath5k/base.c: Changes-licensed-under: 3-Clause-BSD Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
07346f81 |
|
02-May-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: proper STA info locking As discussed earlier, we can unify locking in struct sta_info and use just a single spinlock protecting all members of the structure that need protection. Many don't, but one of the especially bad ones is the 'flags' member that can currently be clobbered when RX and TX is being processed on different CPUs at the same time. Because having four spinlocks for different, mostly exclusive parts of a single structure is overkill, this patch also kills the ampdu and mesh plink spinlocks and uses just a single one for everything. Because none of the spinlocks are nested, this is safe. It remains to be seen whether or not we should make the sta flags use atomic bit operations instead, for now though this is a safe thing and using atomic operations instead will be very simple using the new static inline functions this patch introduces for accessing sta->flags. Since spin_lock_bh() is used with this lock, there shouldn't be any contention even if aggregation is enabled at around the same time as both requires frame transmission/reception which is in a bh context. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Tomas Winkler <tomasw@gmail.com> Cc: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Cc: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
a4278e18 |
|
12-May-2008 |
Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org> |
mac80211: add missing newlines in printk() Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
69687a0b |
|
05-May-2008 |
Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: fix access to null skb Without this patch, if xmit_skb is null but net_ratelimit() returns 0 we would go to the else branch and access the null xmit_skb. Pointed out by Johannes Berg. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e100bb64 |
|
30-Apr-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: QoS related cleanups This * makes the queue number passed to drivers a u16 (as it will be with skb_get_queue_mapping) * removes the useless queue number defines * splits hw->queues into hw->queues/ampdu_queues * removes the debugfs files for per-queue counters * removes some dead QoS code * removes the beacon queue configuration for IBSS so that the drivers now never get a queue number bigger than (hw->queues + hw->ampdu_queues - 1) for tx and only in the range 0..hw->queues-1 for conf_tx. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
13d8fd2d |
|
22-Apr-2008 |
Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org> |
net/mac80211/rx.c: fix off-by-one This patch fixes an off-by-one in net/mac80211/rx.c introduced by commit 8318d78a44d49ac1edf2bdec7299de3617c4232e (cfg80211 API for channels/bitrates, mac80211 and driver conversion) and spotted by the Coverity checker. Signed-off-by: Adrian Bunk <bunk@kernel.org> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b3fc9c6c |
|
13-Apr-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove message on receiving unexpected unencrypted frames Some people are getting this message a lot, and we have traced it to broken access points that much too often send completely empty frames (all bytes zeroed, which they shouldn't do at all.) Since we cannot do anything about such frames in any case except the special case where we're debugging an AP, just remove the message. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2c8dccc7 |
|
08-Apr-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: rename files This patch renames all mac80211 files (except ieee80211_i.h) to get rid of the useless ieee80211_ prefix. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
966a5428 |
|
31-Mar-2008 |
Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: use recent multicast table for all mesh multicast frames ...not only broadcast. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
cee24a3e |
|
26-Mar-2008 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: A-MPDU MLME use dynamic allocation This patch alters the A-MPDU MLME in sta_info to use dynamic allocation, thus drastically improving memory usage - from a constant ~2 Kbyte in the previous (static) allocation to a lower limit of ~200 Byte and an upper limit of ~2 Kbyte. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b4e08ea1 |
|
29-Feb-2008 |
Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: add PLINK_ prefix and kernel doc to enum plink_state Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d0709a65 |
|
25-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: RCU-ify STA info structure access This makes access to the STA hash table/list use RCU to protect against freeing of items. However, it's not a true RCU, the copy step is missing: whenever somebody changes a STA item it is simply updated. This is an existing race condition that is now somewhat understandable. This patch also fixes the race key freeing vs. STA destruction by making sure that sta_info_destroy() is always called under RTNL and frees the key. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
5cf121c3 |
|
25-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_data Split it into ieee80211_tx_data and ieee80211_rx_data to clarify usage/flag usage and remove the stupid union thing. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d6d1a5a7 |
|
25-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up mesh RX path a bit more Moves another ifdef into the sta_info header file in favour of compiling more code even w/o CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
902acc78 |
|
23-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up mesh code Various cleanups, reducing the #ifdef mess and other things. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
33b64eb2 |
|
23-Feb-2008 |
Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> |
mac80211: support for mesh interfaces in mac80211 data path This changes the TX/RX paths in mac80211 to support mesh interfaces. This code will be cleaned up later again before being enabled. Signed-off-by: Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
6032f934 |
|
23-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: add mesh interface type This adds the mesh interface type. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
004c872e |
|
20-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: consolidate TIM handling code This consolidates all TIM handling code to avoid re-introducing errors with the bitmap/set_tim order and to reduce code. While reading the code I noticed a possible problem so I also added a comment about that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
836341a7 |
|
19-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove sta TIM flag, fix expiry TIM handling The TIM flag that is kept in each station's info is completely useless, there's no code (aside from the debugfs display code) checking it, hence it can be removed. While doing that, I noticed that the TIM handling is broken when buffered frames expire, so fix that. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
d2259243 |
|
19-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: invoke set_tim() callback after setting own TIM info Drivers should be allowed to simply get a complete new beacon when set_tim() is invoked (and set_tim() is required for drivers that just want a beacon template!), so we need to update our own TIM bitmap before calling set_tim() so that getting the beacon will now get an already updated beacon. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4a9a66e9 |
|
19-Feb-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: convert sta_info.pspoll to a flag This doesn't really need to be a full int variable since it's just a flag to indicate a PS-poll is in progress. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9d9bf77d |
|
17-Feb-2008 |
Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com> |
mac80211: enable IBSS merging enable IBSS cell merging. if an IBSS beacon with the same channel, same ESSID and a TSF higher than the local TSF (mactime) is received, we have to join its BSSID. while this might not be immediately apparent from reading the 802.11 standard it is compliant and necessary to make IBSS mode functional in many cases. most drivers have a similar behaviour. * move the relevant code section (previously only containing debug code) down to the end of the function, so we can reuse the bss structure. * we have to compare the mactime (TSF at the time of packet receive) rather than the current TSF. since mactime is defined as the time the first data symbol arrived we add the time until byte 24 where the timestamp resides, since this is how the beacon timestamp is defined. as some some drivers are not able to give a reliable mactime we fall back to use the current TSF, which will be enough to catch most (but not all) cases where an IBSS merge is necessary. * in IBSS mode we want to allow beacons to override probe response info so we can correctly do merges. * we don't only configure beacons based on scan results, so change that message. * to enable this we have to let all beacons thru in IBSS mode, even if they have a different BSSID. Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <bruno@thinktube.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ab46623e |
|
14-Feb-2008 |
S.Çağlar Onur <caglar@pardus.org.tr> |
net/mac80211/: Use time_* macros The functions time_before, time_before_eq, time_after, and time_after_eq are more robust for comparing jiffies against other values. So following patch implements usage of the time_after() macro, defined at linux/jiffies.h, which deals with wrapping correctly Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Signed-off-by: S.Çağlar Onur <caglar@pardus.org.tr> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
3d30d949 |
|
31-Jan-2008 |
Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> |
mac80211: Add cooked monitor mode support This adds "cooked" monitor mode to mac80211. A monitor interface in "cooked" mode will see all frames that mac80211 has not used internally. Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8944b79f |
|
31-Jan-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move some code into ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers There is some duplicated code that sits in front of each function call to ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers() that can very well be part of that function if it gets slightly different arguments. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
58905290 |
|
31-Jan-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove "dynamic" RX/TX handlers It doesn't really make sense to have extra pointers to the RX/TX handler arrays instead of just using the arrays directly, that also allows us to make them static. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
2c9745e5 |
|
31-Jan-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up some things in the RX path Uninline ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers to save .text space, make the code more readable in some places and remove the "optimisation" that is hit only very few times and unclear to start with. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e4c26add |
|
31-Jan-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: split RX_DROP Some instances of RX_DROP mean that the frame was useless, others mean that the frame should be visible in userspace on "cooked" monitor interfaces. This patch splits up RX_DROP and changes each instance appropriately. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
9ae54c84 |
|
31-Jan-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: split ieee80211_txrx_result The _DROP result will need to be split in the RX path but not in the TX path, so for preparation split up the type into two types, one for RX and one for TX. Also make sure (via sparse) that they cannot be confused. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
238814fd |
|
28-Jan-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: remove port control enable switch, clean up sta flags This patch removes the 802.1X port acess control enable flag since it is not required. Instead, set the authorized flag for each station that we normally communicate with (WDS peers, IBSS peers and APs we're associated to) and require hostapd to set the authorized flag for all stations when port control is not enabled. Also, since I was working in that area, this documents station flags and removes the unused "permanent" one. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8318d78a |
|
24-Jan-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
cfg80211 API for channels/bitrates, mac80211 and driver conversion This patch creates new cfg80211 wiphy API for channel and bitrate registration and converts mac80211 and drivers to the new API. The old mac80211 API is completely ripped out. All drivers (except ath5k) are updated to the new API, in many cases I expect that optimisations can be done. Along with the regulatory code I've also ripped out the IEEE80211_HW_DEFAULT_REG_DOMAIN_CONFIGURED flag, I believe it to be unnecessary if the hardware simply gives us whatever channels it wants to support and we then enable/disable them as required, which is pretty much required for travelling. Additionally, the patch adds proper "basic" rate handling for STA mode interface, AP mode interface will have to have new API added to allow userspace to set the basic rate set, currently it'll be empty... However, the basic rate handling will need to be moved to the BSS conf stuff. I do expect there to be bugs in this, especially wrt. transmit power handling where I'm basically clueless about how it should work. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
38f3714d |
|
29-Jan-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: dissolve pre-rx handlers These handlers do not really return a status and the compiler can do a much better job when they're simply static functions that it can inline if appropriate. Also makes the code shorter. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
6feeb8aa |
|
29-Jan-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: make alignment warning optional Driver authors should be aware of the alignment requirements, but not everybody cares about the warning. This patch makes it depend on a new Kconfig symbol MAC80211_DEBUG_PACKET_ALIGNMENT which can be enabled regardless of MAC80211_DEBUG and is recommended for driver authors (only). This also restricts the warning to data packets so other packets need not be realigned to not trigger the warning. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8b6bbe75 |
|
23-Jan-2008 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: fixing null qos data frames check for reordering buffer This patch fixes a wrong condition for null qos data frames, causing us to drop data frames needed for reordering as well. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
691ba234 |
|
10-Jan-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix alignment warning When I introduced the alignment warning I forgot the A-MSDU case which has a different requirement because each frame contains 14-byte 802.3 headers in front of the IP payload. This patch moves the alignment warning to a place where we know whether we're dealing with an A-MSDU frame and adjusts it accordingly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
71ebb4aa |
|
20-Jan-2008 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: fix rx flow sparse errors, make functions static This patch adds static declarations to functions in the Rx flow in order to eliminate sparse errors Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
f99b751f |
|
16-Jan-2008 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: fix RCU locking in __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet Commit c7a51bda ("mac80211: restructure __ieee80211_rx") extracted __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet out of __ieee80211_rx and hence changed the locking rules for __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet(), it is now invoked under RCU lock. There is, however, one instance left where it contains an rcu_read_unlock() in an error path, which is a bug. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
51fb61e7 |
|
18-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: move interface type to vif structure Drivers that support mixed AP/STA operation may well need to know the type of a virtual interface when iterating over them. The easiest way to support that is to move the interface type variable into the vif structure. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
71364716 |
|
25-Dec-2007 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: A-MPDU Rx adding BAR handling capability This patch adds the ability to handle Block Ack Request Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
b580781e |
|
25-Dec-2007 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: A-MPDU Rx handling aggregation reordering This patch handles the reordering of the Rx A-MPDU. This issue occurs when the sequence of the internal MPDUs is not in the right order. such a case can be encountered for example when some MPDUs from previous aggregations were recieved, while others failed, so current A-MPDU will contain a mix of re-transmited MPDUs and new ones. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
6368e4b1 |
|
24-Dec-2007 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: restructure __ieee80211_rx This patch makes a separation between Rx frame pre-handling which stays in __ieee80211_rx and Rx frame handlers, moving to __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet. Although this separation has no affect in regular mode of operation, this kind of mechanism will be used in A-MPDU frames reordering as it allows accumulation of frames during pre-handling, dispatching them to later handling when necessary. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
69f817b6 |
|
21-Dec-2007 |
Helmut Schaa <hschaa@suse.de> |
mac80211: Restore rx.fc before every invocation of ieee80211_invoke_rx_handlers This patch fixes a problem with rx handling on multiple interfaces. Especially when using hardware-scanning and a wireless driver (i.e. iwlwifi) which is able to receive data while scanning. The rx handlers can modify the skb and the frame control field (see ieee80211_rx_h_remove_qos_control) but since every interface gets its own copy of the skb each should get its own copy of rx.fc too. In my case the wlan0-interface did not remove the qos-control from the frame because the corresponding flag in rx.fc was already removed while processing the frame on the master interface. Therefore somehow corrupted frames were passed to the userspace. Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <hschaa@suse.de> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
ce3edf6d0 |
|
18-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: clean up eapol frame handling/port control This cleans up the eapol frame handling and some related code in the receive and transmit paths. After this patch * EAPOL frames addressed to us or the EAPOL group address are always accepted regardless of whether they are encrypted or not * other frames from a station are dropped if PAE is enabled and the station is not authorized * unencrypted frames (except the EAPOL frames above) are dropped if drop_unencrypted is enabled * some superfluous code that eth_type_trans handles anyway is gone * port control is done for transmitted packets Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
98f0b0a3 |
|
18-Dec-2007 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: pass in PS_POLL frames This patch fixes should_drop_frame function to pass in ps poll control frames required for power save functioanlity. Interface types that do not have interest for PS POLL frames now drop it in handler. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
c49e5ea3 |
|
11-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: conditionally include timestamp in radiotap information This makes mac80211 include the low-level MAC timestamp in the radiotap header if the driver indicated (by a new RX flag) that the timestamp is valid. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
f831e909 |
|
11-Dec-2007 |
YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org> |
[MAC80211]: Use htons() where appropriate. Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
64bd4b69 |
|
29-Nov-2007 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: move A-MSDU identifier to flags This patch moves u8 amsdu_frame in ieee80211_txrx_data to the flags section as IEEE80211_TXRXD_RX_AMSDU Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
fd4c7f2f |
|
26-Nov-2007 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: adding 802.11n essential A-MSDU Rx capability This patch adds the ability to receive and handle A-MSDU frames. Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
76ee65bf |
|
22-Nov-2007 |
Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> |
mac80211: restructuring data Rx handlers This patch restructures the Rx handlers chain by incorporating previously handlers ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae and ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted into ieee80211_rx_h_data, already in 802.3 form. this scheme follows more precisely after the IEEE802.11 data plane archituecture, and will prevent code duplication to IEEE8021.11n A-MSDU handler. added function: - ieee80211_data_to_8023: transfering 802.11 data frames to 802.3 frame - ieee80211_deliver_skb: delivering the 802.3 frames to upper stack eliminated handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_drop_unencrypted: now function ieee80211_drop_unencrypted - ieee80211_rx_h_802_1x_pae: now function ieee80211_802_1x_pae changed handlers: - ieee80211_rx_h_data: now contains calls to four above function Signed-off-by: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
ece8eddd |
|
21-Nov-2007 |
Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> |
mac80211: hardware scan rework The scan code in mac80211 makes the software scan assumption in various places. For example, we stop the Tx queue during a software scan so that all the Tx packets will be queued by the stack. We also drop frames not related to scan in the software scan process. But these are not true for hardware scan. Some wireless hardwares (for example iwl3945/4965) has the ability to perform the whole scan process by hardware and/or firmware. The hardware scan is relative powerful in that it tries to maintain normal network traffic while doing a scan in the background. Some drivers (i.e iwlwifi) do provide a way to tune the hardware scan parameters (for example if the STA is associated, what's the max time could the STA leave from the associated channel, how long the scans get suspended after returning to the service channel, etc). But basically this is transparent to the stack. mac80211 should not stop Tx queues or drop Rx packets during a hardware scan. This patch resolves the above problem by spliting the current scan indicator local->sta_scanning into local->sta_sw_scanning and local->sta_hw_scanning. It then changes the scan related code to be aware of hardware scan or software scan in various places. With this patch, iwlwifi performs much better in the scan-while-associated condition and disable_hw_scan=1 should never be required. Cc: Mohamed Abbas <mohamed.abbas@intel.com> Cc: Ben Cahill <ben.m.cahill@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
d10f2150 |
|
24-Jan-2008 |
David S. Miller <davem@goma.davemloft.net> |
[MAC80211]: Revert unaligned warning removal. For release Linux removed this warning, but we want it back for development. Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
dbcc2ec6 |
|
24-Jan-2008 |
Linus Torvalds <torvalds@woody.linux-foundation.org> |
Revert "mac80211: warn when receiving frames with unaligned data" This reverts commit 81100eb80add328c4d2a377326f15aa0e7236398 for the release, to avoid the unnecessary warning noise that is only really relevant to wireless driver developers. The warning will probably go right back in after I cut the release, but at least we won't unnecessarily worry users. Acked-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
|
#
81100eb8 |
|
18-Dec-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: warn when receiving frames with unaligned data This patch makes mac80211 warn (once) when the driver passes up a frame in which the payload data is not aligned on a four-byte boundary, with a long comment for people who run into the condition and need to know what to do. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8312512e |
|
28-Nov-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
mac80211: drop unencrypted frames if encryption is expected This patch fixes a regression I (most likely) introduced, namely that unencrypted frames are right now accepted even if we have a key for that specific sender. That has very bad security implications. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
7f3ad894 |
|
06-Nov-2007 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
mac80211: make "decrypt failed" messages conditional upon MAC80211_DEBUG Make "decrypt failed" and "have no key" debugging messages compile conditionally upon CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUG. They have been useful for finding certain problems in the past, but in many cases they just clutter a user's logs. A typical example is an enviornment where multiple SSIDs are using a single BSSID but with different protection schemes or different keys for each SSID. In such an environment these messages are just noise. Let's just leave them for those interested enough to turn-on debugging. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
e2f036da |
|
07-Oct-2007 |
Mattias Nissler <mattias.nissler@gmx.de> |
[PATCH] mac80211: Defer setting of RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED. The decryption handlers will skip the frame if the RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED flag is set, so the early flag setting introduced by Johannes breaks decryption. To work around this, call the handlers first and then set the flag. Signed-off-by: Mattias Nissler <mattias.nissler@gmx.de> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
ddd3d2be |
|
26-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: make userspace-mlme a per-interface setting Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
628a140b |
|
26-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove ALG_NONE This "algorithm" is used only internally and is not useful. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de> Acked-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
640845a5 |
|
26-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: use RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED for sw decrypted as well This makes mac80211 set the RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED flag for frames decrypted in software allowing us to handle some things more uniformly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
1990af8d |
|
26-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: consolidate decryption more Currently, we have three RX handlers doing the decryption. This patch changes it to have only one handler doing everything, thereby getting rid of many duplicate checks. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net> -- net/mac80211/rx.c | 46 ++++++++++++---------------------------------- 1 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 34 deletions(-)
|
#
70f08765 |
|
26-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: move sta_process rx handler later This moves the sta_process RX handler to after decryption so that frames that cannot be decrypted don't influence statistics, it is likely that they were injected or something else is totally wrong. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
f9d540ee |
|
28-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove management interface Removes the management interface since it is only required for hostapd/userspace MLME, will not be in the final tree at least in this form and hostapd/userspace MLME currently do not work against this tree anyway. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
a2897552 |
|
28-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: add "invalid" interface type Since I cannot convince the lazy driver authors (hello Michael) to stop (ab)using the MGMT interface type internally in their drivers, this patch introduces a new _INVALID type especially for their use and changes all affected drivers to use it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
53918994 |
|
26-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: fix iff_promiscs, iff_allmultis race When we update the counters iff_promiscs and iff_allmultis in struct ieee80211_local we have no common lock held to protect them. The problem is that the update to each counter may not be atomic, so we could end up with iff_promiscs == -1 in unfortunate conditions. To fix it, use atomic_t values. It doesn't matter whether the two counters are updated together atomically or not, if there are two invocations of set_multicast_list we will end up with multiple configure_filter() invocations of which the latter will always be correct. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
fb1c1cd6 |
|
26-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: fix vlan bug VLAN interfaces have yet another bug: they aren't accounted for properly in the receive path in prepare_for_handlers(). I noticed this by code inspection, but it would be easy for the compiler to catch such things if we'd just use the proper enum where appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4f0d18e2 |
|
26-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: consolidate decryption Currently, we run through all three crypto algorithms for each received frame even though we have previously determined which key we have and as such already know which algorithm will be used. Change it to invoke only the needed function. Also move the WEP decrypt handler to wep.c so that fewer functions need to be non-static. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
b2e7771e |
|
26-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: pass frames to monitor interfaces early This makes mac80211 pass all frames to monitor interfaces early before all receive processing with the benefit that only a single copy needs to be made, all monitors can receive clones of the skb and if the frame will be discarded we don't even need to make a single copy. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
79010420 |
|
18-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: fix virtual interface locking Florian Lohoff noticed a bug in mac80211: when bringing the master interface down while other virtual interfaces are up we call dev_close() under a spinlock which is not allowed. This patch removes the sub_if_lock used by mac80211 in favour of using an RCU list. All list manipulations are already done under rtnl so are well protected against each other, and the read-side locks we took in the RX and TX code are already in RCU read-side critical sections. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Cc: Florian Lohoff <flo@rfc822.org> Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Cc: Michal Piotrowski <michal.k.k.piotrowski@gmail.com> Cc: Satyam Sharma <satyam@infradead.org> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
4150c572 |
|
16-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[PATCH] mac80211: revamp interface and filter configuration Drivers are currently supposed to keep track of monitor interfaces if they allow so-called "hard" monitor, and they are also supposed to keep track of multicast etc. This patch changes that, replaces the set_multicast_list() callback with a new configure_filter() callback that takes filter flags (FIF_*) instead of interface flags (IFF_*). For a driver, this means it should open the filter as much as necessary to get all frames requested by the filter flags. Accordingly, the filter flags are named "positively", e.g. FIF_ALLMULTI. Multicast filtering is a bit special in that drivers that have no multicast address filters need to allow multicast frames through when either the FIF_ALLMULTI flag is set or when the mc_count value is positive. At the same time, drivers are no longer notified about monitor interfaces at all, this means they now need to implement the start() and stop() callbacks and the new change_filter_flags() callback. Also, the start()/stop() ordering changed, start() is now called *before* any add_interface() as it really should be, and stop() after any remove_interface(). The patch also changes the behaviour of setting the bssid to multicast for scanning when IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING is set; the IEEE80211_HW_NO_PROBE_FILTERING flag is removed and the filter flag FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC introduced. This is a lot more efficient for hardware like b43 that supports it and other hardware can still set the BSSID to all-ones. Driver modifications by Johannes Berg (b43 & iwlwifi), Michael Wu (rtl8187, adm8211, and p54), Larry Finger (b43legacy), and Ivo van Doorn (rt2x00). Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
dd1cd4c6 |
|
18-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: print out wiphy name instead of master device This makes mac80211 print out the wiphy name instead of the master device name where appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
011bfcc4 |
|
16-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove key threshold stuff This patch removes the key threshold stuff from mac80211. I have patches for later that add it as a per-key setting to nl/cfg80211. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
72abd81b |
|
16-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: allow drivers to indicate failed FCS/PLCP checksum This patch allows drivers to indicate bad FCS/PLCP CRC to the stack and have the stack drop packets like that except for monitor interfaces. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
0795af57 |
|
03-Oct-2007 |
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> |
[NET]: Introduce and use print_mac() and DECLARE_MAC_BUF() This is nicer than the MAC_FMT stuff. Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
aa0daf0e |
|
10-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove/change some comments about Michael MIC hardware offload There are a few TODO comments in the mac80211 sources regarding hardware offload for Michael MIC verification. Those items are, however, better handled in the driver instead of the stack, if any device requires such hand-holding. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
68aae116 |
|
24-Aug-2007 |
Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> |
[MAC80211]: use internal network device stats Stats are now available for device usage inside network_device Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
7848ba7d |
|
14-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: rework hardware crypto flags This patch reworks the various hardware crypto related flags to make them more local, i.e. put them with each key or each packet instead of into the hw struct. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
b708e610 |
|
14-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove turbo modes This patch removes all mention of the atheros turbo modes that can't possibly work properly anyway since in some places we don't check for them when we should. I have no idea what the iwlwifi drivers were doing with these but it can't possibly have been correct. Cc: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
d4e46a3d |
|
14-Sep-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: fix race conditions with keys During receive processing, we select the key long before using it and because there's no locking it is possible that we kfree() the key after having selected it but before using it for crypto operations. Obviously, this is bad. Secondly, during transmit processing, there are two possible races: We have a similar race between select_key() and using it for encryption, but we also have a race here between select_key() and hardware encryption (both when a key is removed.) This patch solves these issues by using RCU: when a key is to be freed, we first remove the pointer from the appropriate places (sdata->keys, sdata->default_key, sta->key) using rcu_assign_pointer() and then synchronize_rcu(). Then, we can safely kfree() the key and remove it from the hardware. There's a window here where the hardware may still be using it for decryption, but we can't work around that without having two hardware callbacks, one to disable the key for RX and one to disable it for TX; but the worst thing that will happen is that we receive a packet decrypted that we don't find a key for any more and then drop it. When we add a key, we first need to upload it to the hardware and then, using rcu_assign_pointer() again, link it into our structures. In the code using keys (TX/RX paths) we use rcu_dereference() to get the key and enclose the whole tx/rx section in a rcu_read_lock() ... rcu_read_unlock() block. Because we've uploaded the key to hardware before linking it into internal structures, we can guarantee that it is valid once get to into tx(). One possible race condition remains, however: when we have hardware acceleration enabled and the driver shuts down the queues, we end up queueing the frame. If now somebody removes the key, the key will be removed from hwaccel and then then driver will be asked to encrypt the frame with a key index that has been removed. Hence, drivers will need to be aware that the hw_key_index they are passed might not be under all circumstances. Most drivers will, however, simply ignore that condition and encrypt the frame with the selected key anyway, this only results in a frame being encrypted with a wrong key or dropped (rightfully) because the key was not valid. There isn't much we can do about it unless we want to walk the pending frame queue every time a key is removed and remove all frames that used it. This race condition, however, will most likely be solved once we add multiqueue support to mac80211 because then frames will be queued further up the stack instead of after being processed. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
c9ee23df |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: make assoc_ap a flag The sta_info.assoc_ap value is used as a flag, move it into flags. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
8dc06a1c |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: improve key selection comment When I changed the code there I forgot to mention what happens with multicast frames in a regular BSS and keep wondering myself if the code is correct. Add appropriate comments. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
b3316157 |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> |
[MAC80211]: filter locally-originated multicast frames In STA mode, the AP will echo our traffic. This includes multicast traffic. Receiving these frames confuses some protocols and applications, notably IPv6 Duplicate Address Detection. Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
6c55aa97 |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> |
[MAC80211]: Remove overly sticky averaging filters for rssi, signal, noise The current version of wireless statistics contains a bug in the averaging that makes the numbers be too sticky and not react to small changes. This patch removes all averaging. Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
11a843b7 |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: rework key handling This moves all the key handling code out from ieee80211_ioctl.c into key.c and also does the following changes including documentation updates in mac80211.h: 1) Turn off hardware acceleration for keys when the interface is down. This is necessary because otherwise monitor interfaces could be decrypting frames for other interfaces that are down at the moment. Also, it should go some way towards better suspend/resume support, in any case the routines used here could be used for that as well. Additionally, this makes the driver interface nicer, keys for a specific local MAC address are only ever present while an interface with that MAC address is enabled. 2) Change driver set_key() callback interface to allow only return values of -ENOSPC, -EOPNOTSUPP and 0, warn on all other return values. This allows debugging the stack when a driver notices it's handed a key while it is down. 3) Invert the flag meaning to KEY_FLAG_UPLOADED_TO_HARDWARE. 4) Remove REMOVE_ALL_KEYS command as it isn't used nor do we want to use it, we'll use DISABLE_KEY for each key. It is hard to use REMOVE_ALL_KEYS because we can handle multiple virtual interfaces with different key configuration, so we'd have to keep track of a lot of state for this and that isn't worth it. 5) Warn when disabling a key fails, it musn't. 6) Remove IEEE80211_HW_NO_TKIP_WMM_HWACCEL in favour of per-key IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_WMM_STA to let driver sort it out itself. 7) Tell driver that a (non-WEP) key is used only for transmission by using an all-zeroes station MAC address when configuring. 8) Change the set_key() callback to have access to the local MAC address the key is being added for. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
8f20fc24 |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: embed key conf in key, fix driver interface This patch embeds the struct ieee80211_key_conf into struct ieee80211_key and thus avoids allocations and having data present twice. This required some more changes: 1) The removal of the IEEE80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TX_KEY key flag. This flag isn't used by drivers nor should it be since we have a set_key_idx() callback. Maybe that callback needs to be extended to include the key conf, but only a driver that requires it will tell. 2) The removal of the IEEE80211_KEY_DEFAULT_WEP_ONLY key flag. This flag is global, so it shouldn't be passed in the key conf structure. Pass it to the function instead. Also, this patch removes the AID parameter to the set_key() callback because it is currently unused and the hardware currently cannot know about the AID anyway. I suspect this was used with some hardware that actually selected the AID itself, but that functionality was removed. Additionally, I've removed the ALG_NULL key algorithm since we have ALG_NONE. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
13262ffd |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@kernel.org> |
[MAC80211]: Remove bitfields from struct ieee80211_sub_if_data mac80211, remove bitfields from struct ieee80211_sub_if_data Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
badffb72 |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@kernel.org> |
[MAC80211]: Remove bitfields from struct ieee80211_txrx_data mac80211, remove bitfields from struct ieee80211_txrx_data Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
e8bf9649 |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@kernel.org> |
[MAC80211]: Remove bitfields from struct ieee80211_tx_packet_data remove bitfields from struct ieee80211_tx_packet_data [Johannes: completely clear flags in ieee80211_remove_tx_extra] Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jirislaby@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
eb063c17 |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: refactor event sending Create a new file event.c that will contain code to send mac/mlme events to userspace. For now put the Michael MIC failure condition into it and remove sending of that condition via the management interface, hostapd interestingly doesn't do anything when it gets such a packet besides printing a message, it reacts only on the private iwevent. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
3017b80b |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: fix software decryption When doing key selection for software decryption, mac80211 gets a few things wrong: it always uses pairwise keys if configured, even if the frame is addressed to a multicast address. Also, it doesn't allow using a key index of zero if a pairwise key has also been found. This patch changes the key selection code to be (more) in line with the 802.11 specification. I have confirmed that with this, multicast frames are correctly decrypted and I've tested with WEP as well. While at it, I've cleaned up the semantics of the hardware flags IEEE80211_HW_WEP_INCLUDE_IV and IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP and clarified them in the mac80211.h header; it is also now allowed to set the IEEE80211_HW_DEVICE_HIDES_WEP option even if it only applies to frames that have been decrypted by the hw, unencrypted frames must be dropped but encrypted frames that the hardware couldn't handle can be passed up unmodified. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
64385672 |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: remove ieee80211_msg_wep_frame_unknown_key Neither hostapd nor wpa_supplicant really use it. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
1a84f3fd |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: ratelimit some RX messages Many if not all of these messages can be triggered by sending a few rogue frames which is trivially done and then we overflow our logs. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
2a8a9a88 |
|
28-Aug-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: avoid copying packets to interfaces that are down David Woodhouse noticed that under some circumstances the number of slab allocations kept growing. After looking a bit, this seemed to happen when you had a management mode interface that was *down*. The reason for this is that when the device is down, all management frames get queued to the in-kernel MLME (via ieee80211_sta_rx_mgmt) but then the sta work is invoked but doesn't run when the netif is down. When you then bring the interface up, all such frames are freed, but if you change the mode all of them are lost because the skb queue is reinitialised as soon as you go back to managed mode. The skb queue is correctly cleared when the interface is brought down, but the code doesn't account for the fact that it may be filled while it is not up. This patch should fix the issue by simply ignoring all interfaces that are down when going through the RX handlers. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Acked-by: Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
|
#
340e11f3 |
|
27-Jul-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: rx cleanups (2) Some more outdenting to make the code more readable. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
52865dfd |
|
27-Jul-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: fix bug for per-sta stats pre_rx handlers can't really touch sta since for IBSS it might not be assigned yet, it can create sta info structs on-the-fly. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
23a24def |
|
27-Jul-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: split up __ieee80211_rx The really indented part that does the huge switch on the interface type is a nuisance. Put it into an own function 'prepare_for_handlers'. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
570bd537 |
|
27-Jul-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: split ieee80211_rx_h_check handler The ieee80211_rx_h_check handler really does two things, it's a lot easier to understand if it's split into ieee80211_rx_h_check and ieee80211_rx_h_load_key, and it may be possible in the future to optimise the key loading to not do it for each interface. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
8e6f0032 |
|
27-Jul-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: rx cleanups (1) Make some really indented code more readable by outdenting. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
6e0d114d |
|
27-Jul-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: move QoS rx handlers into rx.c This patch moves the QoS handlers into rx.c making it possible to compile wme.c only when NET_SCHED is defined. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|
#
571ecf67 |
|
27-Jul-2007 |
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
[MAC80211]: split RX handlers into own file Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz> Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
|